.

Don't use MODE_X_IF_ANY_X.

ABOUT-NLS

@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ Each translation team has its own mailing list, courtesy of Linux
 International.  You may reach your translation team at the address
 `LL@li.org', replacing LL by the two-letter ISO 639 code for your
 language.  Language codes are *not* the same as the country codes given
-in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of December
-1996:
+in ISO 3166.  The following translation teams exist, as of February
+1997:
 
      Arabic `ar', Chinese `zh', Czech `cs', Danish `da', Dutch `nl',
      English `en', Esperanto `eo', Finnish `fi', French `fr', German
@@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ Available Packages
 
    Languages are not equally supported in all GNU packages.  The
 following matrix shows the current state of GNU internationalization,
-as of December 1996.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
+as of February 1997.  The matrix shows, in regard of each package, for
 which languages PO files have been submitted to translation
 coordination.
 
@@ -182,33 +182,33 @@ coordination.
      bash            |    []          []       []                |  3
      bison           |    []          []       []                |  3
      clisp           |    [] []       []                         |  3
-     cpio            |    []          []       []    []          |  4
+     cpio            |    []    []    []       []    []          |  5
      diffutils       |          []    []             []       [] |  4
      enscript        |    []       [] []       []          []    |  5
      fileutils       |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
-     findutils       |    []          []    [] []    []       [] |  6
-     flex            |                []                      [] |  2
+     findutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
+     flex            |                []    []                [] |  3
      gcal            |    []          []       []                |  3
      gettext         |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 11
      grep            |          []    []    [] [] [] []    [] [] |  8
      hello           |    []    []    []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] | 10
      id-utils        |    []          []                         |  2
-     indent          |                                           |  0
-     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
+     indent          |    []                []                   |  2
+     libc            |    []    []    []    [] []    []       [] |  7
      m4              |    []          [] []    []             [] |  5
-     make            |    []    []          [] []    []          |  5
+     make            |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
      music           |                []                         |  1
      ptx             |    []    []    []       [] [] [] []    [] |  8
-     recode          |    []    []    []       []    []    [] [] |  7
+     recode          |    []    []    []       []    [] [] [] [] |  8
      sh-utils        |    []          []       []       []    [] |  5
-     sharutils       |    []          []       []             [] |  4
+     sharutils       |    []    []    []       []             [] |  5
      tar             |    []          []    [] [] [] [] [] [] [] |  9
      texinfo         |                                           |  0
      textutils       |    []    []    []    [] []    []          |  6
      wdiff           | [] []    []    []       [] [] []       [] |  8
                      `-------------------------------------------'
        14 languages    cs de en es fi fr ja ko nl no pl pt sl sv
-       27 packages      1 21  1 11  1 24  1  8 20  7 14  6  7 14  136
+       27 packages      1 22  1 14  1 25  1 10 20  7 14  7  7 15  145
 
    Some counters in the preceding matrix are higher than the number of
 visible blocks let us expect.  This is because a few extra PO files are
@@ -221,6 +221,6 @@ distributed as such by its maintainer.  There might be an observable
 lag between the mere existence a PO file and its wide availability in a
 GNU distribution.
 
-   If December 1996 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
+   If February 1997 seems to be old, you may fetch a more recent copy
 of this `ABOUT-NLS' file on most GNU archive sites.
 

COPYING

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 		       Version 2, June 1991
 
  Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-     59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+     59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
  of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
 
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
 
 		     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
 
-	Appendix: How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+	    How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
 
   If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
 possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
@@ -304,8 +304,9 @@ the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
     GNU General Public License for more details.
 
     You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
+
 
 Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
 

INSTALL

@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
      `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
      `configure' itself.
 
-     Running `configure' takes a while.  While running, it prints some
+     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
      messages telling which features it is checking for.
 
   2. Type `make' to compile the package.
@@ -167,7 +167,9 @@ operates.
 `--quiet'
 `--silent'
 `-q'
-     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.
+     Do not print messages saying which checks are being made.  To
+     suppress all normal output, redirect it to `/dev/null' (any error
+     messages will still be shown).
 
 `--srcdir=DIR'
      Look for the package's source code in directory DIR.  Usually
@@ -178,4 +180,3 @@ operates.
      script, and exit.
 
 `configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options.
-

THANKS

@@ -1,21 +1,32 @@
 This is just a start at listing e-mail addresses of contributors.
 The rest of the addresses are still in the ChangeLog.
 
-Arne Henrik Juul arnej@imf.unit.no
+Andreas Schwab: schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
+Arne Henrik Juul: arnej@imf.unit.no
 Bauke Jan Douma: bjdouma@xs4all.nl
+Bengt Martensson: bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de
 Charles Karney: karney@pppl.gov
 Eirik Fuller: eirik@netcom.com
 Emile LeBlanc: leblanc@math.toronto.edu
 Galen Hazelwood: galenh@micron.net
+Greg McGary: gkm@eng.ascend.com
+Hugh Daniel: hugh@xanadu.com
+James: james@albion.glarp.com
 James Antill: jmanti%essex.ac.uk@seralph21.essex.ac.uk
 Jesse Thilo: jgt2@eecs.lehigh.edu
 Joakim Rosqvist: dvljrt@cs.umu.se
+John Gatewood Ham: zappaman@alphabox.compsci.buu.ac.th
 Marcus Daniels: marcus@sysc.pdx.edu
 Mark A. Thomas: thommark@access.digex.net
+Mark Harris: mark@monitor.designacc.com
+Matthew S. Levine: mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
 Miles Bader: miles@gnu.ai.mit.edu
 Peter Eriksson: peter@ifm.liu.se
 Ross Ridge: rridge@calum.csclub.uwaterloo.ca
 Santiago Vila Doncel: sanvila@ctv.es
+Stuart Kemp: skemp@peter.bmc.com
 Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG: thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Torbjorn Lindgren: tl@funcom.no
 Tony Leneis: tony@plaza.ds.adp.com
 Wayne Stewart: wstewa@atl.com
+

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,9 +1,7 @@
 ## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
-# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
-# automatically
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 
 # Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
 # Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2 from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
 
@@ -32,26 +32,58 @@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
 top_builddir = ..
 
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-YACC = @YACC@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-PERL = @PERL@
-MV = @MV@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = true
+PRE_INSTALL = true
+POST_INSTALL = true
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
+PRE_UNINSTALL = true
+POST_UNINSTALL = true
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-LN = @LN@
-RM = @RM@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
 
 info_TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
 
-# FIXME: remove texinfo.tex when automake has been fixed to include it
-# automatically
-EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi texinfo.tex
+EXTRA_DIST = perm.texi getdate.texi
 
 # Tell makeinfo to put everything in a single info file: sh-utils.info.
 # Otherwise, it would also generate files with names like sh-utils.info-[123],
@@ -62,6 +94,7 @@ mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
 CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
 TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi
+TEXINFO_TEX = $(srcdir)/texinfo.tex
 INFO_DEPS = fileutils.info
 DVIS = fileutils.dvi
 TEXINFOS = fileutils.texi
@@ -69,19 +102,16 @@ DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in mdate-sh stamp-vti texinfo.tex \
 version.texi
 
 
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
+GZIP = --best
 default: all
 
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .texi .texinfo .info .dvi .ps
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu doc/Makefile
+.SUFFIXES: .dvi .info .ps .texi .texinfo
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits doc/Makefile
 
 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
@@ -89,15 +119,17 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 
 
 version.texi: @MAINT@stamp-vti
+	cp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-	echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
+	@echo "@set UPDATED `cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(SHELL) ./mdate-sh fileutils.texi`" > vti.tmp
-	echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
-	cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi || cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/version.texi
-	rm vti.tmp
-	echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
+	@echo "@set EDITION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	@echo "@set VERSION $(VERSION)" >> vti.tmp
+	@cmp -s vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti \
+	  || (echo "Updating $(srcdir)/stamp-vti"; \
+	      cp vti.tmp $(srcdir)/stamp-vti)
+	@rm -f vti.tmp
 
 mostlyclean-vti:
 	rm -f vti.tmp
@@ -116,6 +148,7 @@ fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
 DVIPS = dvips
 
 .texi.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
@@ -123,42 +156,59 @@ DVIPS = dvips
 	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
 	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 
+.texi:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
 .texinfo.info:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
+	cd $(srcdir) \
+	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
+
+.texinfo:
+	@cd $(srcdir) && rm -f $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9]
 	cd $(srcdir) \
 	  && $(MAKEINFO) `echo $< | sed 's,.*/,,'`
 
 .texinfo.dvi:
-	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS $(TEXI2DVI) $<
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$$TEXINPUTS \
+	  MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) -I $(srcdir)' $(TEXI2DVI) $<
 .dvi.ps:
 	$(DVIPS) $< -o $@
 
 install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 	$(mkinstalldirs) $(infodir)
 	@for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  for ifile in `cd $(srcdir) && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
-	    if test -f $(srcdir)/$$ifile; then \
-	      echo "$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
-	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
+	  d=$(srcdir); \
+	  for ifile in `cd $$d && echo $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]`; do \
+	    if test -f $$d/$$ifile; then \
+	      echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile"; \
+	      $(INSTALL_DATA) $$d/$$ifile $(infodir)/$$ifile; \
 	    else : ; fi; \
 	  done; \
 	done
-	$(POST_INSTALL)
-	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	@$(POST_INSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
 	  for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	    echo "install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
-	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file; :;\
+	    echo " install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file";\
+	    install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) $(infodir)/$$file || :;\
 	  done; \
 	else : ; fi
 
 uninstall-info:
-	if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
+	$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
+	@if $(SHELL) -c 'install-info --version | sed 1q | fgrep -s -v -i debian' >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
 	  ii=yes; \
 	else ii=; fi; \
 	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
-	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
 	  test -z $ii || install-info --info-dir=$(infodir) --remove $$file; \
 	done
+	$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
+	for file in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
+	  (cd $(infodir) && rm -f $$file $$file-[0-9] $$file-[0-9][0-9]); \
+	done
 
 dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	for base in $(INFO_DEPS); do \
@@ -170,17 +220,18 @@ dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 	  done; \
 	done
 
-mostlyclean-info:
+mostlyclean-aminfo:
 	rm -f fileutils.aux fileutils.cp fileutils.cps fileutils.dvi \
 	  fileutils.fn fileutils.fns fileutils.ky fileutils.log \
-	  fileutils.pg fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.vr \
-	  fileutils.op
+	  fileutils.pg fileutils.toc fileutils.tp fileutils.tps \
+	  fileutils.vr fileutils.vrs fileutils.op fileutils.tr \
+	  fileutils.cv
 
-clean-info:
+clean-aminfo:
 
-distclean-info:
+distclean-aminfo:
 
-maintainer-clean-info:
+maintainer-clean-aminfo:
 	for i in $(INFO_DEPS); do rm -f `eval echo $$i*`; done
 tags: TAGS
 TAGS:
@@ -189,34 +240,39 @@ TAGS:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = doc
+
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits doc/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
 	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
 	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
 	done
-	$(MAKE) distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
+	$(MAKE) top_distdir="$(top_distdir)" distdir="$(distdir)" dist-info
 info: $(INFO_DEPS)
 dvi: $(DVIS)
 check: all
 	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
 install-exec: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install-data: install-info-am
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install: install-exec install-data all
 	@:
 
 uninstall: uninstall-info
 
-all: $(INFO_DEPS) Makefile
+all: Makefile $(INFO_DEPS)
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
 	$(mkinstalldirs)  $(infodir)
 
@@ -229,28 +285,28 @@ clean-generic:
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
+	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:
 	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
 	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-info mostlyclean-generic
+mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-vti mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic
 
-clean:  clean-vti clean-info clean-generic mostlyclean
+clean:  clean-vti clean-aminfo clean-generic mostlyclean
 
-distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-info distclean-generic clean
+distclean:  distclean-vti distclean-aminfo distclean-generic clean
 	rm -f config.status
 
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-info \
+maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-vti maintainer-clean-aminfo \
 		maintainer-clean-generic distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
 
 .PHONY: default mostlyclean-vti distclean-vti clean-vti \
-maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-info \
-distclean-info clean-info maintainer-clean-info tags distdir info dvi \
-installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
+maintainer-clean-vti install-info-am uninstall-info mostlyclean-aminfo \
+distclean-aminfo clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-aminfo tags distdir info \
+dvi installcheck install-exec install-data install uninstall all \
 installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic clean-generic \
 maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
 @cindex date input formats
 @findex getdate
 
+First, a quote:
+
 @quotation
 Our units of temporal measurement, from seconds on up to months, are so
 complicated, asymmetrical and disjunctive so as to make coherent mental
@@ -44,7 +46,7 @@ midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
 * Calendar date item::             19 Dec 1994.
 * Time of day item::               9:20pm.
-* Timezone item::                  EST, DST, BST, UCT, AHST, ...
+* Time zone item::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
 * Day of week item::               Monday and others.
 * Relative item in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
@@ -203,161 +205,139 @@ indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
 
-@cindex timezone correction
-@cindex minutes, timezone correction by
-The time may alternatively be followed by a timezone correction,
+@cindex time zone correction
+@cindex minutes, time zone correction by
+The time may alternatively be followed by a time zone correction,
 expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
-of zone minutes.  When a timezone correction is given this way, it
-forces interpretation of the time in UTC, overriding any previous
-specification for the timezone or the local timezone.  The @var{minute}
-part of the time of the day may not be elided when a timezone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a timezone correction by
+of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
+forces interpretation of the time relative to
+Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
+part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
+is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.
 
-Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a timezone correction may be specified,
+Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
 but not both.
 
 
-@node Timezone item
-@section Timezone item
+@node Time zone item
+@section Time zone item
 
-@cindex timezone item
+@cindex time zone item
 
-A @dfn{timezone item} specifies an international timezone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-timezone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a timezone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the timezone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
+a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
+but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
+for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
+Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
+time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
+zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
+section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
 
-Here are many non-daylight-savings-time timezones, indexed by the zone
+Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
 hour value.
 
 @table @asis
-@item +000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Western European Time
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean, @samp{UT} or @samp{UTC} for Universal
-(Coordinated), @samp{WET} for Western European and @samp{Z} for
-militaries.
-@item +100
-@cindex West African Time
-@samp{WAT} for West Africa and
-@samp{A} for militaries.
-@item +200
-@cindex Azores Time
-@samp{AT} for Azores and @samp{B} for militaries.
-@item +300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +400
-@cindex Atlantic Standard Time
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard and @samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +500
-@cindex Eastern Standard Time
-@samp{E} for militaries and @samp{EST} for Eastern Standard.
-@item +600
-@cindex Central Standard Time
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard and @samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +700
-@cindex Mountain Standard Time
-@samp{G} for militaries and @samp{MST} for Mountain Standard.
-@item +800
-@cindex Pacific Standard Time
-@samp{H} for militaries and @samp{PST} for Pacific Standard.
-@item +900
-@cindex Yukon Standard Time
-@samp{I} for militaries and @samp{YST} for Yukon Standard.
-@item +1000
-@cindex Alaska-Hawaii Time
-@cindex Central Alaska Time
-@cindex Hawaii Standard Time
-@samp{AHST} for Alaska-Hawaii Standard, @samp{CAT} for Central Alaska,
-@samp{HST} for Hawaii Standard and @samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@cindex Nome Standard Time
-@samp{L} for militaries and @samp{NT} for Nome.
-@item +1200
-@cindex International Date Line West
-@samp{IDLW} for International Date Line West and @samp{M} for
-militaries.
-@item -100
-@cindex Central European Time
-@cindex Middle European Time
-@cindex Middle European Winter Time
-@cindex French Winter Time
-@cindex Swedish Winter Time
-@samp{CET} for Central European, @samp{FWT} for French Winter,
-@samp{MET} for Middle European, @samp{MEWT} for Middle European
-Winter, @samp{N} for militaries and @samp{SWT} for Swedish Winter.
-@item -200
-@cindex Eastern European Time
-@cindex USSR Zone
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European, USSR Zone 1 and @samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -300
-@cindex Baghdad Time
-@samp{BT} for Baghdad, USSR Zone 2 and @samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -400
-@samp{Q} for militaries and @samp{ZP4} for USSR Zone 3.
-@item -500
-@samp{R} for militaries and @samp{ZP5} for USSR Zone 4.
-@item -600
-@samp{S} for militaries and @samp{ZP6} for USSR Zone 5.
-@item -700
-@cindex West Australian Standard Time
-@samp{T} for militaries and @samp{WAST} for West Australian Standard.
-@item -800
-@cindex China Coast Time
-@samp{CCT} for China Coast, USSR Zone 7 and @samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -900
-@cindex Japan Standard Time
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard, USSR Zone 8 and @samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@cindex East Australian Standard Time
-@cindex Guam Standard Time
-@samp{EAST} for East Australian Standard, @samp{GST} for Guam
-Standard, USSR Zone 9 and @samp{W} for militaries.
+@item -1200
+@samp{Y} for militaries.
 @item -1100
 @samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1200
-@cindex International Date Line East
-@cindex New Zealand Standard Time
-@samp{IDLE} for International Date Line East, @samp{NZST} for
-New Zealand Standard, @samp{NZT} for New Zealand and @samp{Y} for
-militaries.
+@item -1000
+@samp{W} for militaries.
+@item -0900
+@samp{V} for militaries.
+@item -0800
+@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
+@samp{U} for militaries.
+@item -0700
+@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
+@samp{T} for militaries.
+@item -0600
+@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
+@samp{S} for militaries.
+@item -0500
+@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
+@samp{R} for militaries.
+@item -0400
+@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
+@samp{Q} for militaries.
+@item -0300
+@samp{P} for militaries.
+@item -0200
+@samp{O} for militaries.
+@item -0100
+@samp{N} for militaries.
+@item +0000
+@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
+@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
+@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
+@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
+@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
+@samp{UT} for Universal,
+@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
+@samp{WET} for Western European, and
+@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
+@item +0100
+@samp{A} for militaries,
+@samp{CET} for Central European,
+@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
+@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
+@item +0200
+@samp{B} for militaries, and
+@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
+@item +0300
+@samp{C} for militaries.
+@item +0400
+@samp{D} for militaries.
+@item +0500
+@samp{E} for militaries.
+@item +0600
+@samp{F} for militaries.
+@item +0700
+@samp{G} for militaries.
+@item +0800
+@samp{H} for militaries.
+@item +0900
+@samp{I} for militaries, and
+@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
+@item +1000
+@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
+@samp{K} for militaries.
+@item +1100
+@samp{L} for militaries.
+@item +1200
+@samp{M} for militaries, and
+@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
 @end table
 
-@cindex daylight savings time
-Here are many DST timezones, indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST timezone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST timezone
+@cindex daylight-saving time
+Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
+indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
+following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
+(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
 may be specified.
 
 @table @asis
-@item 0
-@samp{BST} for British Summer.
-@item +400
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +500
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item +600
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item +700
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item +800
+@item -0700
 @samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item +900
-@samp{YDT} for Yukon Daylight.
-@item +1000
-@samp{HDT} for Hawaii Daylight.
-@item -100
-@samp{MEST} for Middle European Summer, @samp{MESZ} for Middle European
-Summer, @samp{SST} for Swedish Summer and @samp{FST} for French Summer.
-@item -700
-@samp{WADT} for West Australian Daylight.
-@item -1000
-@samp{EADT} for Eastern Australian Daylight.
-@item -1200
+@item -0600
+@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
+@item -0500
+@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
+@item -0400
+@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
+@item -0300
+@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
+@item +0100
+@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
+@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
+@item +0200
+@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
+@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
+@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
+@item +1300
 @samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
 @end table
 

doc/mdate-sh

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-# mdate-sh - get modification time of a file and pretty-print it.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
+# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 # Prevent date giving response in another language.
 LANG=C
@@ -25,14 +25,15 @@ export LC_ALL
 LC_TIME=C
 export LC_TIME
 
-# Get the extended ls output of the file.
+# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
+# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
 if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
-  set - `ls -L -l $1`
+  set - x`ls -L -l -d $1`
 else
-  set - `ls -l $1`
+  set - x`ls -l -d $1`
 fi
-# The month is at least the fourth argument.
-# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop)
+# The month is at least the fourth argument
+# (3 shifts here, the next inside the loop).
 shift
 shift
 shift

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @cindex shell utilities
 @cindex utilities for shell programming
 
-This manual minimally documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell
-utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU shell utilities.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::                Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -182,8 +181,10 @@ sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
 @cindex Pinard, @value{Francois}
 @cindex Berry, Karl
 @cindex Stallman, Richard
-This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
-were originally written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim Meyering.
+This manual was originally derived from the Unix man pages in the
+distribution, which were written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim
+Meyering.  What you are reading now is the authoritative documentation
+for these utilities;  the man pages are no longer being maintained.
 @value{Francois} Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
 Karl Berry did the indexing, some reorganization, and editing of the results.
 Richard Stallman contributed his usual invaluable insights to the
@@ -719,7 +720,7 @@ Exit status:
 @menu
 * Relations for expr::          | & < <= = == != >= >
 * Numeric expressions::         + - * / %
-* String expressions::          <colon> match substr index length
+* String expressions::          <colon> match substr index length quote
 * Examples of expr::            Examples.
 @end menu
 
@@ -840,9 +841,9 @@ An alternative way to do pattern matching.  This is the same as
 @findex substr
 Returns the substring of @var{string} beginning at @var{position}
 with length at most @var{length}.  If either @var{position} or
-@var{length} is negative or non-numeric, returns the null string.
+@var{length} is negative, zero, or non-numeric, returns the null string.
 
-@item index @var{string} @var{character-class}
+@item index @var{string} @var{charset}
 @findex index
 Returns the first position in @var{string} where the first character in
 @var{charset} was found.  If no character in @var{charset} is found in
@@ -852,9 +853,20 @@ Returns the first position in @var{string} where the first character in
 @findex length
 Returns the length of @var{string}.
 
+@item quote @var{token}
+@findex quote
+Interpret @var{token} as a string, even if it is a keyword like @var{match}
+or an operator like @code{/}.
+This makes it possible to test @code{expr length quote "$x"} or
+@code{expr quote "$x" : '.*/\(.\)'} and have it do the right thing even if
+the value of @var{$x} happens to be (for example) @code{/} or @code{index}.
+This operator is a GNU extension.  It is disabled when
+the environment variable @var{POSIXLY_CORRECT} is set.
+
 @end table
 
-The keywords cannot be used as strings.
+To make @code{expr} interpret keywords as strings, you must use the
+@code{quote} operator.
 
 
 @node Examples of expr
@@ -881,6 +893,8 @@ expr index abcdef cz
 @result{} 3
 expr index index a
 @error{} expr: syntax error
+expr index quote index a
+@result{} 0
 
 @end example
 
@@ -2439,6 +2453,50 @@ use @samp{date --rfc}.  I just did and saw this:
 Mon, 25 Mar 1996 23:34:17 -0600
 @end example
 
+@item
+To convert a date string to the number of seconds since the epoch
+(which is 1970-01-01 00:00:00 UTC), use the @samp{--date} option with
+the @samp{%s} format.  That can be useful in sorting and/or graphing
+and/or comparing data by date.  The following command outputs the
+number of the seconds since the epoch for the time one second later
+than the epoch, but in time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
+thus a total of five hours and one second after the epoch:
+
+@example
+date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01 UTC +5 hours' +%s
+18001
+@end example
+
+Suppose you had @emph{not} specified time zone information in the example above.
+Then, date would have used your computer's idea of the time zone when
+interpreting the string.  Here's what you would get if you were in
+Greenwich, England:
+
+@example
+# local time zone used
+date --date='1970-01-01 00:00:01' +%s
+1
+@end example
+
+@item
+If you're sorting or graphing dated data, your raw date values may be
+represented as seconds since the epoch.  But few people can look at
+the date @samp{946684800} and casually note ``Oh, that's the first second
+of the year 2000.''
+
+@example
+date --date='2000-01-01 UTC' +%s
+946684800
+@end example
+
+To convert such an unwieldy number of seconds back to
+a more readable form, use a command like this:
+
+@smallexample
+date -d '1970-01-01 946684800 sec' +"%Y-%m-%d %T %z"
+2000-01-01 00:00:00 +0000
+@end smallexample
+
 @end itemize
 
 

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -108,8 +108,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @cindex text utilities
 @cindex utilities for text handling
 
-This manual minimally documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text
-utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text utilities.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::                       Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -150,8 +149,10 @@ expected, what you got, and why it is wrong.  Diffs are welcome, but
 please include a description of the problem as well, since this is
 sometimes difficult to infer. @xref{Bugs, , , gcc, GNU CC}.
 
-This manual is based on the Unix man pages in the distribution, which
-were originally written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim Meyering.
+This manual was originally derived from the Unix man pages in the
+distribution, which were written by David MacKenzie and updated by Jim
+Meyering.  What you are reading now is the authoritative documentation
+for these utilities;  the man pages are no longer being maintained.
 The original @code{fmt} man page was written by Ross Paterson.
 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard did the initial conversion to Texinfo format.
 Karl Berry did the indexing, some reorganization, and editing of the results.
@@ -996,10 +997,10 @@ opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)
 @opindex -s
 Separate columns by a string @var{separator}. Don't use
 @samp{-s @var{separator}}, no space between flag and argument. If this
-option is omitted altogether, the default is a space, same as
-@samp{-s" "}. With @samp{-s} only, no separator is used, same as
-@samp{-s""}. @samp{-s} does not affect line truncation or column
-alignment.
+option is omitted altogether, the default is @key{TAB} together with
+@samp{-j} option and space otherwise (same as @samp{-s" "}). With
+@samp{-s} only, no separator is used (same as @samp{-s""}). @samp{-s}
+does not affect line truncation or column alignment.
 
 @item -t
 @opindex -t
@@ -1630,7 +1631,7 @@ options}.
 If a @var{file} is specified as @samp{-} or if no files are given
 @code{md5sum} computes the checksum for the standard input.
 @code{md5sum} can also determine whether a file and checksum are
-consistent. Synopsis:
+consistent. Synopses:
 
 @example
 md5sum [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
@@ -1704,7 +1705,7 @@ Treat all input files as text files.  This is the reverse of
 @opindex -w
 @opindex --warn
 @cindex verifying MD5 checksums
-When verifying checksums, warn about improperly formated MD5 checksum lines.
+When verifying checksums, warn about improperly formatted MD5 checksum lines.
 This option is useful only if all but a few lines in the checked input
 are valid.
 
@@ -2167,6 +2168,11 @@ Columns are separated by @key{TAB}.
 The options @samp{-1}, @samp{-2}, and @samp{-3} suppress printing of
 the corresponding columns.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
+Unlike some other comparison utilities, @code{comm} has an exit
+status that does not depend on the result of the comparison.
+Upon normal completion @code{comm} produces an exit code of zero.
+If there is an error it exits with nonzero status.
+
 
 @node Operating on fields within a line
 @chapter Operating on fields within a line
@@ -2453,7 +2459,7 @@ used only in @var{set1} or @var{set2}, as noted below.
 
 @table @asis
 
-@item Backslash escapes.
+@item Backslash escapes
 @cindex backslash escapes
 
 A backslash followed by a character not listed below causes an error
@@ -2461,19 +2467,19 @@ message.
 
 @table @samp
 @item \a
-Control-G,
+Control-G.
 @item \b
-Control-H,
+Control-H.
 @item \f
-Control-L,
+Control-L.
 @item \n
-Control-J,
+Control-J.
 @item \r
-Control-M,
+Control-M.
 @item \t
-Control-I,
+Control-I.
 @item \v
-Control-K,
+Control-K.
 @item \@var{ooo}
 The character with the value given by @var{ooo}, which is 1 to 3
 octal digits,
@@ -2481,7 +2487,7 @@ octal digits,
 A backslash.
 @end table
 
-@item Ranges.
+@item Ranges
 @cindex ranges
 
 The notation @samp{@var{m}-@var{n}} expands to all of the characters
@@ -2493,7 +2499,7 @@ enclose ranges, translations specified in that format will still work as
 long as the brackets in @var{string1} correspond to identical brackets
 in @var{string2}.
 
-@item Repeated characters.
+@item Repeated characters
 @cindex repeated characters
 
 The notation @samp{[@var{c}*@var{n}]} in @var{set2} expands to @var{n}
@@ -2503,7 +2509,7 @@ to as many copies of @var{c} as are needed to make @var{set2} as long as
 @var{set1}.  If @var{n} begins with @samp{0}, it is interpreted in
 octal, otherwise in decimal.
 
-@item Character classes.
+@item Character classes
 @cindex characters classes
 
 The notation @samp{[:@var{class}:]} expands to all of the characters in
@@ -2558,7 +2564,7 @@ Uppercase letters.
 Hexadecimal digits.
 @end table
 
-@item Equivalence classes.
+@item Equivalence classes
 @cindex equivalence classes
 
 The syntax @samp{[=@var{c}=]} expands to all of the characters that are
@@ -2820,10 +2826,10 @@ Robbins.
 @menu
 * Toolbox introduction::
 * I/O redirection::
-* The @code{who} command::
-* The @code{cut} command::
-* The @code{sort} command::
-* The @code{uniq} command::
+* The who command::
+* The cut command::
+* The sort command::
+* The uniq command::
 * Putting the tools together::
 @end menu
 
@@ -2938,7 +2944,7 @@ discussion, we will only present those command line options that interest
 us.  As you should always do, double check your system documentation
 for the full story.
 
-@node The @code{who} command
+@node The who command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{who} command
 
 The first program is the @code{who} command.  By itself, it generates a
@@ -2960,7 +2966,7 @@ Unix systems, user names are never more than eight characters long.  This
 little bit of trivia will be useful later.  The output of @code{who} is nice,
 but the data is not all that exciting.
 
-@node The @code{cut} command
+@node The cut command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{cut} command
 
 The next program we'll look at is the @code{cut} command.  This program
@@ -2989,7 +2995,7 @@ With the @samp{-c} option, @code{cut} will cut out specific characters
 useful for data filtering.
 
 
-@node The @code{sort} command
+@node The sort command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{sort} command
 
 Next we'll look at the @code{sort} command.  This is one of the most
@@ -3002,7 +3008,7 @@ making it into a filter).  The sort is based on the machine collating
 sequence (@sc{ASCII}) or based on  user-supplied ordering criteria.
 
 
-@node The @code{uniq} command
+@node The uniq command
 @unnumberedsec The @code{uniq} command
 
 Finally (at least for now), we'll look at the @code{uniq} program.  When

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -3,13 +3,13 @@ noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
 ## FIXME: Remove mvdir.c, and rmdir.c when
 ## automake is fixed -- probably for 1.1g
-EXTRA_DIST = mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
+EXTRA_DIST = chown.c mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
 
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
 libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c dirname.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c dirname.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
 safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
@@ -20,6 +20,6 @@ libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
 getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h strverscmp.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2 from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
 
@@ -32,32 +32,68 @@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
 top_builddir = ..
 
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-YACC = @YACC@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-PERL = @PERL@
-MV = @MV@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = true
+PRE_INSTALL = true
+POST_INSTALL = true
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
+PRE_UNINSTALL = true
+POST_UNINSTALL = true
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
 RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-LN = @LN@
-RM = @RM@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
 
 noinst_LIBRARIES = libfu.a
 
-EXTRA_DIST = mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
+EXTRA_DIST = chown.c mkdir.c rmdir.c getline.c mktime.c strftime.c getgroups.c
 
 INCLUDES = -I.. -I$(srcdir) -I../intl
 
 libfu_a_SOURCES = getdate.y posixtm.y getopt.c getopt1.c \
-argmatch.c backupfile.c dirname.c filemode.c \
-full-write.c getversion.c idcache.c \
+addext.c argmatch.c backupfile.c basename.c dirname.c filemode.c \
+full-write.c idcache.c \
 isdir.c long-options.c makepath.c modechange.c path-concat.c \
-safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
+safe-read.c save-cwd.c savedir.c simple-hash.c \
+stripslash.c userspec.c xgetcwd.c \
 xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c yesno.c
 
 libfu_a_LIBADD = @LIBOBJS@ @ALLOCA@
@@ -66,7 +102,7 @@ libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 noinst_HEADERS = argmatch.h backupfile.h error.h fnmatch.h fsusage.h \
 getdate.h getline.h getopt.h group-member.h long-options.h \
 makepath.h modechange.h mountlist.h path-concat.h pathmax.h \
-save-cwd.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h
+save-cwd.h simple-hash.h xstrtol.h xstrtoul.h strverscmp.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c posixtm.c
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
@@ -79,59 +115,55 @@ DEFS = @DEFS@ -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
 CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
 LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
 LIBS = @LIBS@
-libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate.o posixtm.o getopt.o getopt1.o argmatch.o \
-backupfile.o dirname.o filemode.o full-write.o getversion.o idcache.o \
-isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o path-concat.o \
-safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o stripslash.o userspec.o xgetcwd.o \
-xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
+libfu_a_OBJECTS =  getdate.o posixtm.o getopt.o getopt1.o addext.o \
+argmatch.o backupfile.o basename.o dirname.o filemode.o full-write.o \
+idcache.o isdir.o long-options.o makepath.o modechange.o path-concat.o \
+safe-read.o save-cwd.o savedir.o simple-hash.o stripslash.o userspec.o \
+xgetcwd.o xmalloc.o xstrdup.o xstrtol.o xstrtoul.o yesno.o
 AR = ar
-INTERLOCK = ./interlock
-YLWRAP = ./ylwrap
+YLWRAP = $(srcdir)/ylwrap
 CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
-LINK = $(CC) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
+LINK = $(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@
 HEADERS =  $(noinst_HEADERS)
 
-DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c basename.c error.c \
-error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
-getdate.c getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c interlock memcmp.c \
-memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h \
-posixtm.c regex.c regex.h rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stpcpy.c \
-strcasecmp.c strdup.c strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c \
-ylwrap
+DIST_COMMON =  Makefile.am Makefile.in alloca.c chown.c error.c error.h \
+euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c getdate.c \
+getgroups.c getline.c group-member.c memcmp.c memcpy.c memset.c mkdir.c \
+mktime.c mountlist.c obstack.c obstack.h posixtm.c regex.c regex.h \
+rename.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c rx.c rx.h stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strdup.c \
+strftime.c strndup.c strstr.c strtol.c strtoul.c strverscmp.c ylwrap
 
 
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
-DEP_FILES =  .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P .deps/backupfile.P \
-.deps/basename.P .deps/dirname.P .deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P \
-.deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P .deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P \
-.deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P .deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P \
-.deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P .deps/getopt1.P .deps/getversion.P \
-.deps/group-member.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P .deps/long-options.P \
-.deps/makepath.P .deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P .deps/memset.P \
-.deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P .deps/mountlist.P \
-.deps/obstack.P .deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P .deps/regex.P \
-.deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
-.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/stpcpy.P \
-.deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P .deps/stripslash.P \
-.deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P .deps/strtoul.P \
-.deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P .deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P \
-.deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P .deps/yesno.P
+GZIP = --best
+DEP_FILES =  .deps/addext.P .deps/alloca.P .deps/argmatch.P \
+.deps/backupfile.P .deps/basename.P .deps/chown.P .deps/dirname.P \
+.deps/error.P .deps/euidaccess.P .deps/fileblocks.P .deps/filemode.P \
+.deps/fnmatch.P .deps/fsusage.P .deps/ftruncate.P .deps/full-write.P \
+.deps/getdate.P .deps/getgroups.P .deps/getline.P .deps/getopt.P \
+.deps/getopt1.P .deps/group-member.P .deps/idcache.P .deps/isdir.P \
+.deps/long-options.P .deps/makepath.P .deps/memcmp.P .deps/memcpy.P \
+.deps/memset.P .deps/mkdir.P .deps/mktime.P .deps/modechange.P \
+.deps/mountlist.P .deps/obstack.P .deps/path-concat.P .deps/posixtm.P \
+.deps/regex.P .deps/rename.P .deps/rmdir.P .deps/rpmatch.P .deps/rx.P \
+.deps/safe-read.P .deps/save-cwd.P .deps/savedir.P .deps/simple-hash.P \
+.deps/stpcpy.P .deps/strcasecmp.P .deps/strdup.P .deps/strftime.P \
+.deps/stripslash.P .deps/strndup.P .deps/strstr.P .deps/strtol.P \
+.deps/strtoul.P .deps/strverscmp.P .deps/userspec.P .deps/xgetcwd.P \
+.deps/xmalloc.P .deps/xstrdup.P .deps/xstrtol.P .deps/xstrtoul.P \
+.deps/yesno.P
 SOURCES = $(libfu_a_SOURCES)
 OBJECTS = $(libfu_a_OBJECTS)
 
 default: all
 
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .y
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu lib/Makefile
+.SUFFIXES: .c .h .o .y
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
@@ -159,14 +191,15 @@ distclean-compile:
 	rm -f *.tab.c
 
 maintainer-clean-compile:
-$(libfu_a_OBJECTS): ../config.h
 
 libfu.a: $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_DEPENDENCIES)
 	rm -f libfu.a
 	$(AR) cru libfu.a $(libfu_a_OBJECTS) $(libfu_a_LIBADD)
 	$(RANLIB) libfu.a
 .y.c:
-	$(SHELL) $(INTERLOCK) =yacclockdir $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS) $<
+	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
+.y.h:
+	$(SHELL) $(YLWRAP) "$(YACC)" $< y.tab.c $*.c y.tab.h $*.h -- $(YFLAGS)
 
 tags: TAGS
 
@@ -176,11 +209,8 @@ ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
 TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
 	tags=; \
 	here=`pwd`; \
-	list="$(SUBDIRS)"; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
-	done; \
 	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
-	  || cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS
+	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS)
 
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
@@ -194,7 +224,12 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = lib
+
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits lib/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
@@ -204,13 +239,12 @@ distdir: $(DISTFILES)
 
 MKDEP = gcc -M $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
 
+DEPS_MAGIC := $(shell mkdir .deps > /dev/null 2>&1 || :)
 -include .deps/.P
-.deps/.P:
-	test -d .deps || mkdir .deps
+.deps/.P: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	echo > $@
 
 -include $(DEP_FILES)
-$(DEP_FILES): .deps/.P
 
 mostlyclean-depend:
 
@@ -221,31 +255,33 @@ distclean-depend:
 maintainer-clean-depend:
 	rm -rf .deps
 
-.deps/%.P: $(srcdir)/%.c
+.deps/%.P: %.c
 	@echo "Computing dependencies for $<..."
-	@o='o';				\
-	test -n "$o" && o='$$o';	\
-	$(MKDEP) $< | sed "s/^\(.*\)\.o:/\1.$$o \1.l$$o:/" > $@
+	@o='o'; \
+	test -n "$o" && o='$$o'; \
+	$(MKDEP) $< >$@.tmp \
+	  && sed "s,^\(.*\)\.o:,\1.$$o \1.l$$o $@:," < $@.tmp > $@ \
+	  && rm -f $@.tmp
 info:
 dvi:
 check: all
 	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
 install-exec: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install-data: 
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install: install-exec install-data all
 	@:
 
 uninstall: 
 
-all: $(LIBRARIES) $(BUILT_SOURCES) $(HEADERS) Makefile
+all: Makefile $(LIBRARIES) $(HEADERS)
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
 
 
@@ -257,7 +293,7 @@ clean-generic:
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
+	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:

lib/addext.c

@@ -0,0 +1,106 @@
+/* addext.c -- add an extension to a file name
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> and Paul Eggert */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES
+#define HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+#ifndef HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES
+#define HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES 0
+#endif
+
+#include <backupfile.h>
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef _POSIX_NAME_MAX
+#define _POSIX_NAME_MAX 14
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Append to FILENAME the extension EXT, unless the result would be too long,
+   in which case just append the character E.  */
+
+void
+addext (filename, ext, e)
+     char *filename;
+     char const *ext;
+     int e;
+{
+  char *s = base_name (filename);
+  size_t slen = strlen (s), extlen = strlen (ext);
+  long slen_max = -1;
+
+#if HAVE_PATHCONF && defined _PC_NAME_MAX
+  if (slen + extlen <= _POSIX_NAME_MAX && ! HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES)
+    /* The file name is so short there's no need to call pathconf.  */
+    slen_max = _POSIX_NAME_MAX;
+  else if (s == filename)
+    slen_max = pathconf (".", _PC_NAME_MAX);
+  else
+    {
+      char c = *s;
+      *s = 0;
+      slen_max = pathconf (filename, _PC_NAME_MAX);
+      *s = c;
+    }
+#endif
+  if (slen_max < 0)
+    slen_max = HAVE_LONG_FILE_NAMES ? 255 : 14;
+
+  if (HAVE_DOS_FILE_NAMES && slen_max <= 12)
+    {
+      /* Live within DOS's 8.3 limit.  */
+      char *dot = strchr (s, '.');
+      if (dot)
+	{
+	  slen -= dot + 1 - s;
+	  s = dot + 1;
+	  slen_max = 3;
+	}
+      else
+	slen_max = 8;
+      extlen = 9; /* Don't use EXT.  */
+    }
+
+  if (slen + extlen <= slen_max)
+    strcpy (s + slen, ext);
+  else
+    {
+      if (slen_max <= slen)
+	slen = slen_max - 1;
+      s[slen] = e;
+      s[slen + 1] = 0;
+    }
+}

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,24 +12,27 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <argmatch.h>
+
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-extern char *program_name;
-
 /* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
    null-terminated array OPTLIST, return the index in OPTLIST
    of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element

lib/argmatch.h

@@ -1,18 +1,12 @@
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_H
-#define ARGMATCH_H 1
+/* argmatch.h -- declarations for matching arguments against option lists */
 
-#ifndef __P
-# if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#  define __P(args) args
-# else
-#  define __P(args) ()
-# endif  /* GCC.  */
-#endif  /* Not __P.  */
+#if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
+# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) args
+#else
+# define __ARGMATCH_P(args) ()
+#endif
 
-int
-  argmatch __P ((const char *arg, const char *const *optlist));
+int argmatch __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char * const *));
+void invalid_arg __ARGMATCH_P ((const char *, const char *, int));
 
-void
-  invalid_arg __P ((const char *kind, const char *value, int problem));
-
-#endif /* ARGMATCH_H */
+extern char *program_name;

lib/backupfile.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.c -- make Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990,1991,1992,1993,1995,1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,84 +12,89 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.
    Some algorithms adapted from GNU Emacs. */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <argmatch.h>
+#include <backupfile.h>
+
 #include <stdio.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include "backupfile.h"
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
 # include <dirent.h>
-# define NLENGTH(direct) (strlen((direct)->d_name))
-#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# define NLENGTH(direct) strlen ((direct)->d_name)
+#else
 # define dirent direct
-# define NLENGTH(direct) ((direct)->d_namlen)
-# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# define NLENGTH(direct) ((size_t) (direct)->d_namlen)
+# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
 #  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
-# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+# endif
+# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
 #  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
-# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
+# endif
+# if HAVE_NDIR_H
 #  include <ndir.h>
-# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
-#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# endif
+#endif
 
-#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
+#if CLOSEDIR_VOID
 /* Fake a return value. */
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
 #else
 # define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 char *malloc ();
 #endif
 
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#if HAVE_DIRENT_H || HAVE_NDIR_H || HAVE_SYS_DIR_H || HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+# define HAVE_DIR 1
 #else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
+# define HAVE_DIR 0
 #endif
 
-#define ISDIGIT_LOCALE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef CHAR_BIT
+#define CHAR_BIT 8
+#endif
+/* Upper bound on the string length of an integer converted to string.
+   302 / 1000 is ceil (log10 (2.0)).  Subtract 1 for the sign bit;
+   add 1 for integer division truncation; add 1 more for a minus sign.  */
+#define INT_STRLEN_BOUND(t) ((sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) * 302 / 1000 + 2)
 
-/* ISDIGIT differs from ISDIGIT_LOCALE, as follows:
+/* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
    - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
    - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
    - It's typically faster.
    Posix 1003.2-1992 section 2.5.2.1 page 50 lines 1556-1558 says that
-   only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to ISDIGIT_LOCALE unless
+   only '0' through '9' are digits.  Prefer ISDIGIT to isdigit unless
    it's important to use the locale's definition of `digit' even when the
    host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
 
-#if defined (HAVE_UNISTD_H)
-#include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if defined (_POSIX_VERSION)
-/* POSIX does not require that the d_ino field be present, and some
-   systems do not provide it. */
-# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
-#else
+#if D_INO_IN_DIRENT
 # define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) ((dp)->d_ino != 0)
+#else
+# define REAL_DIR_ENTRY(dp) 1
 #endif
 
 /* Which type of backup file names are generated. */
@@ -97,15 +102,10 @@ enum backup_type backup_type = none;
 
 /* The extension added to file names to produce a simple (as opposed
    to numbered) backup file name. */
-char *simple_backup_suffix = "~";
+const char *simple_backup_suffix = ".orig";
 
-char *basename ();
-char *dirname ();
-static char *concat ();
-char *find_backup_file_name ();
-static char *make_version_name ();
-static int max_backup_version ();
-static int version_number ();
+static int max_backup_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *));
+static int version_number __BACKUPFILE_P ((const char *, const char *, size_t));
 
 /* Return the name of the new backup file for file FILE,
    allocated with malloc.  Return 0 if out of memory.
@@ -116,33 +116,51 @@ char *
 find_backup_file_name (file)
      const char *file;
 {
-  char *dir;
-  char *base_versions;
-  int highest_backup;
+  size_t backup_suffix_size_max;
+  size_t file_len = strlen (file);
+  size_t numbered_suffix_size_max = INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int) + 4;
+  char *s;
+  const char *suffix = simple_backup_suffix;
 
-  if (backup_type == simple)
-    return concat (file, simple_backup_suffix);
-  base_versions = concat (basename (file), ".~");
-  if (base_versions == 0)
-    return 0;
-  dir = dirname (file);
-  if (dir == 0)
+  /* Allow room for simple or `.~N~' backups.  */
+  backup_suffix_size_max = strlen (simple_backup_suffix) + 1;
+  if (HAVE_DIR && backup_suffix_size_max < numbered_suffix_size_max)
+    backup_suffix_size_max = numbered_suffix_size_max;
+
+  s = malloc (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max + numbered_suffix_size_max);
+  if (s)
     {
-      free (base_versions);
-      return 0;
+      strcpy (s, file);
+
+#if HAVE_DIR
+      if (backup_type != simple)
+	{
+	  int highest_backup;
+	  size_t dir_len = base_name (s) - s;
+
+	  strcpy (s + dir_len, ".");
+	  highest_backup = max_backup_version (file + dir_len, s);
+	  if (! (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0))
+	    {
+	      char *numbered_suffix = s + (file_len + backup_suffix_size_max);
+	      sprintf (numbered_suffix, ".~%d~", highest_backup + 1);
+	      suffix = numbered_suffix;
+	    }
+	  strcpy (s, file);
+	}
+#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
+
+      addext (s, suffix, '~');
     }
-  highest_backup = max_backup_version (base_versions, dir);
-  free (base_versions);
-  free (dir);
-  if (backup_type == numbered_existing && highest_backup == 0)
-    return concat (file, simple_backup_suffix);
-  return make_version_name (file, highest_backup + 1);
+  return s;
 }
 
+#if HAVE_DIR
+
 /* Return the number of the highest-numbered backup file for file
    FILE in directory DIR.  If there are no numbered backups
    of FILE in DIR, or an error occurs reading DIR, return 0.
-   FILE should already have ".~" appended to it. */
+   */
 
 static int
 max_backup_version (file, dir)
@@ -164,7 +182,7 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
 
   while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != 0)
     {
-      if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) <= file_name_length)
+      if (!REAL_DIR_ENTRY (dp) || NLENGTH (dp) < file_name_length + 4)
 	continue;
 
       this_version = version_number (file, dp->d_name, file_name_length);
@@ -176,62 +194,59 @@ max_backup_version (file, dir)
   return highest_version;
 }
 
-/* Return a string, allocated with malloc, containing
-   "FILE.~VERSION~".  Return 0 if out of memory. */
-
-static char *
-make_version_name (file, version)
-     const char *file;
-     int version;
-{
-  char *backup_name;
-
-  backup_name = malloc (strlen (file) + 16);
-  if (backup_name == 0)
-    return 0;
-  sprintf (backup_name, "%s.~%d~", file, version);
-  return backup_name;
-}
-
 /* If BACKUP is a numbered backup of BASE, return its version number;
    otherwise return 0.  BASE_LENGTH is the length of BASE.
-   BASE should already have ".~" appended to it. */
+   */
 
 static int
 version_number (base, backup, base_length)
      const char *base;
      const char *backup;
-     int base_length;
+     size_t base_length;
 {
   int version;
   const char *p;
 
   version = 0;
-  if (!strncmp (base, backup, base_length) && ISDIGIT (backup[base_length]))
+  if (strncmp (base, backup, base_length) == 0
+      && backup[base_length] == '.'
+      && backup[base_length + 1] == '~')
     {
-      for (p = &backup[base_length]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
+      for (p = &backup[base_length + 2]; ISDIGIT (*p); ++p)
 	version = version * 10 + *p - '0';
       if (p[0] != '~' || p[1])
 	version = 0;
     }
   return version;
 }
+#endif /* HAVE_DIR */
 
-/* Return the newly-allocated concatenation of STR1 and STR2.
-   If out of memory, return 0. */
-
-static char *
-concat (str1, str2)
-     const char *str1;
-     const char *str2;
+static const char * const backup_args[] =
 {
-  char *newstr;
-  int str1_length = strlen (str1);
+  "never", "simple", "nil", "existing", "t", "numbered", 0
+};
 
-  newstr = malloc (str1_length + strlen (str2) + 1);
-  if (newstr == 0)
-    return 0;
-  strcpy (newstr, str1);
-  strcpy (newstr + str1_length, str2);
-  return newstr;
+static const enum backup_type backup_types[] =
+{
+  simple, simple, numbered_existing, numbered_existing, numbered, numbered
+};
+
+/* Return the type of backup indicated by VERSION.
+   Unique abbreviations are accepted. */
+
+enum backup_type
+get_version (version)
+     const char *version;
+{
+  int i;
+
+  if (version == 0 || *version == 0)
+    return numbered_existing;
+  i = argmatch (version, backup_args);
+  if (i < 0)
+    {
+      invalid_arg ("version control type", version, i);
+      exit (2);
+    }
+  return backup_types[i];
 }

lib/backupfile.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* backupfile.h -- declarations for making Emacs style backup file names
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -12,8 +12,9 @@
    GNU General Public License for more details.
 
    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
+   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* When to make backup files. */
 enum backup_type
@@ -33,10 +34,17 @@ enum backup_type
 };
 
 extern enum backup_type backup_type;
-extern char *simple_backup_suffix;
+extern char const *simple_backup_suffix;
 
-#ifdef __STDC__
-char *find_backup_file_name (const char *file);
-#else
-char *find_backup_file_name ();
+#ifndef __BACKUPFILE_P
+# if defined __STDC__ || __GNUC__
+#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) args
+# else
+#  define __BACKUPFILE_P(args) ()
+# endif
 #endif
+
+char *base_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
+char *find_backup_file_name __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
+enum backup_type get_version __BACKUPFILE_P ((char const *));
+void addext __BACKUPFILE_P ((char *, char const *, int));

lib/basename.c

@@ -1,38 +1,30 @@
-/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* basename.c -- return the last element in a path */
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Return NAME with any leading path stripped off.
-   Don't use strrchr/rindex.  */
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(f) 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(c) ((c) == '/')
+#endif
+
+/* In general, we can't use the builtin `basename' function if available,
+   since it has different meanings in different environments.
+   In some environments the builtin `basename' modifies its argument.  */
 
 char *
-basename (name)
-     const char *name;
+base_name (name)
+     char const *name;
 {
-  const char *base = name;
+  char const *base = name += FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (name);
+
+  for (; *name; name++)
+    if (ISSLASH (*name))
+      base = name + 1;
 
-  while (*name)
-    {
-      if (*name == '/')
-	base = name + 1;
-      ++name;
-    }
   return (char *) base;
 }

lib/chown.c

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/* provide consistent interface to chown for systems that don't interpret
+   an ID of -1 as meaning `don't change the corresponding ID'.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* written by Jim Meyering */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* FIXME: describe.  */
+
+int
+chown (file, gid, uid)
+     const char *file;
+     gid_t git;
+     uid_t uit;
+{
+  if (gid == (gid_t) -1 || uid == (uid_t) -1)
+    {
+      struct stat file_stats;
+
+      /* Stat file to get id(s) that should remain unchanged.  */
+      if (stat (file, &file_stats))
+	return 1;
+
+      if (gid == (gid_t) -1)
+	gid = file_stats.st_gid;
+
+      if (uid == (uid_t) -1)
+	uid = file_stats.st_uid;
+    }
+
+#undef chown
+
+  return chown (file, gid, uid);
+}

lib/error.c

@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define program_name program_invocation_name
 # include <errno.h>
 
-#else	/* not _LIBC */
+#else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
    name of the executing program.  */
@@ -92,6 +92,7 @@ private_strerror (errnum)
 }
 #  define strerror private_strerror
 # endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR */
+
 #endif	/* not _LIBC */
 
 /* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style

lib/fileblocks.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Convert file size to number of blocks on System V-like machines.
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -25,6 +25,10 @@
 # include <sys/types.h>
 # include <sys/param.h>
 
+# if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#  include <unistd.h>
+# endif
+
 # ifndef NINDIR
 /* Some SysV's, like Irix, seem to lack these.  Hope they're correct. */
 /* Size of a indirect block, in bytes. */

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
    Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
@@ -33,18 +33,6 @@
 
 #define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
 
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined (_LIBC) || !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__)
-
-
 # ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 # endif
@@ -60,7 +48,7 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
   register const char *p = pattern, *n = string;
   register char c;
 
-/* Note that this evalutes C many times.  */
+/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
 # define FOLD(c)	((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
@@ -208,5 +196,3 @@ fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
 
 # undef FOLD
 }
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* full-write.c -- an interface to write that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@ full_write (desc, ptr, len)
   while (len > 0)
     {
       int written = write (desc, ptr, len);
+      /* FIXME: write on my slackware Linux 1.2.13 returns zero when
+	 I try to write more data than there is room on a floppy disk.
+	 This puts dd into an infinite loop.  Reproduce with
+	 dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/fd0.  */
       if (written < 0)
 	{
 #ifdef EINTR

lib/getdate.y

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 **  Originally written by Steven M. Bellovin <smb@research.att.com> while
 **  at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill.  Later tweaked by
 **  a couple of people on Usenet.  Completely overhauled by Rich $alz
-**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990;
+**  <rsalz@bbn.com> and Jim Berets <jberets@bbn.com> in August, 1990.
 **
 **  This grammar has 13 shift/reduce conflicts.
 **
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelYear += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tYEAR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelYear++;
+	    yyRelYear += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tMONTH_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMonth += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tMONTH_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMonth++;
+	    yyRelMonth += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tDAY_UNIT {
 	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelDay += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tDAY_UNIT {
-	    yyRelDay++;
+	    yyRelDay += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tHOUR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelHour += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tHOUR_UNIT {
-	    yyRelHour++;
+	    yyRelHour += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tMINUTE_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelMinutes += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tMINUTE_UNIT {
-	    yyRelMinutes++;
+	    yyRelMinutes += $1;
 	}
 	| tUNUMBER tSEC_UNIT {
 	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ relunit	: tUNUMBER tYEAR_UNIT {
 	    yyRelSeconds += $1 * $2;
 	}
 	| tSEC_UNIT {
-	    yyRelSeconds++;
+	    yyRelSeconds += $1;
 	}
 	;
 
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@ static TABLE const OtherTable[] = {
     { "now",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
     { "last",		tUNUMBER,	-1 },
     { "this",		tMINUTE_UNIT,	0 },
-    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	2 },
+    { "next",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
     { "first",		tUNUMBER,	1 },
 /*  { "second",		tUNUMBER,	2 }, */
     { "third",		tUNUMBER,	3 },

lib/getloadavg.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Get the system load averages.
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994, 1995
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 87, 88, 89, 91, 92, 93, 1994, 1995, 1997
    	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
    DGUX
    eunice			UNIX emulator under VMS.
    hpux
-   MSDOS			No-op for MSDOS.
+   __MSDOS__			No-op for MSDOS.
    NeXT
    sgi
    sequent			Sequent Dynix 3.x.x (BSD)
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@
    UMAX
    UMAX4_3
    VMS
-   WIN32			No-op for Windows95/NT.
+   WINDOWS32			No-op for Windows95/NT.
    __linux__			Linux: assumes /proc filesystem mounted.
    				Support from Michael K. Johnson.
    __NetBSD__			NetBSD: assumes /kern filesystem mounted.
@@ -167,6 +167,9 @@ extern int errno;
 
 # if defined (__osf__) && (defined (__alpha) || defined (__alpha__))
 #  define OSF_ALPHA
+#  include <sys/mbuf.h>
+#  include <sys/socket.h>
+#  include <net/route.h>
 #  include <sys/table.h>
 # endif
 
@@ -278,7 +281,7 @@ extern int errno;
 /* Sometimes both MIPS and sgi are defined, so FSCALE was just defined
    above under #ifdef MIPS.  But we want the sgi value.  */
 #   undef FSCALE
-#   define	FSCALE 1000.0
+#   define FSCALE 1000.0
 #  endif
 
 #  if defined (ardent) && defined (titan)
@@ -296,7 +299,7 @@ extern int errno;
 # endif	/* Not FSCALE.  */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_CVT) && defined (FSCALE)
-#  define	LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
+#  define LDAV_CVT(n) (((double) (n)) / FSCALE)
 # endif
 
 /* VAX C can't handle multi-line #ifs, or lines longer that 256 characters.  */
@@ -444,6 +447,14 @@ extern int errno;
 
 # endif /* LOAD_AVE_TYPE */
 
+# if defined(__GNU__) && !defined (NeXT)
+/* Note that NeXT Openstep defines __GNU__ even though it should not.  */
+/* GNU system acts much like NeXT, for load average purposes,
+   but not exactly.  */
+#  define NeXT
+#  define host_self mach_host_self
+# endif
+
 # ifdef NeXT
 #  ifdef HAVE_MACH_MACH_H
 #   include <mach/mach.h>
@@ -543,7 +554,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
   elem = -1;
 # endif
 
-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (SUNOS_5)
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (HAVE_LIBKSTAT)
 /* Use libkstat because we don't have to be root.  */
 #  define LDAV_DONE
   kstat_ctl_t *kc;
@@ -588,7 +599,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
     }
 
   kstat_close (kc);
-# endif /* SUNOS_5 */
+# endif /* HAVE_LIBKSTAT */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (hpux) && defined (HAVE_PSTAT_GETDYNAMIC)
 /* Use pstat_getdynamic() because we don't have to be root.  */
@@ -826,7 +837,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
        : (load_ave.tl_avenrun.l[0] / (double) load_ave.tl_lscale));
 # endif	/* OSF_MIPS */
 
-# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (MSDOS) || defined (WIN32))
+# if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && (defined (__MSDOS__) || defined (WINDOWS32))
 #  define LDAV_DONE
 
   /* A faithful emulation is going to have to be saved for a rainy day.  */
@@ -834,7 +845,7 @@ getloadavg (loadavg, nelem)
     {
       loadavg[elem] = 0.0;
     }
-# endif  /* MSDOS */
+# endif  /* __MSDOS__ || WINDOWS32 */
 
 # if !defined (LDAV_DONE) && defined (OSF_ALPHA)
 #  define LDAV_DONE

lib/getopt.c

@@ -4,25 +4,27 @@
    before changing it!
 
    Copyright (C) 1987, 88, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97
-   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   	Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 /* This tells Alpha OSF/1 not to define a getopt prototype in <stdio.h>.
    Ditto for AIX 3.2 and <stdlib.h>.  */
@@ -253,26 +255,41 @@ static int last_nonopt;
 /* Bash 2.0 gives us an environment variable containing flags
    indicating ARGV elements that should not be considered arguments.  */
 
-static const char *nonoption_flags;
+/* Defined in getopt_init.c  */
+extern char *__getopt_nonoption_flags;
+
+static int nonoption_flags_max_len;
 static int nonoption_flags_len;
 
 static int original_argc;
 static char *const *original_argv;
 
+extern pid_t __libc_pid;
+
 /* Make sure the environment variable bash 2.0 puts in the environment
    is valid for the getopt call we must make sure that the ARGV passed
    to getopt is that one passed to the process.  */
-static void store_args (int argc, char *const *argv) __attribute__ ((unused));
 static void
-store_args (int argc, char *const *argv)
+__attribute__ ((unused))
+store_args_and_env (int argc, char *const *argv)
 {
   /* XXX This is no good solution.  We should rather copy the args so
      that we can compare them later.  But we must not use malloc(3).  */
   original_argc = argc;
   original_argv = argv;
 }
-text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args);
-#endif
+text_set_element (__libc_subinit, store_args_and_env);
+
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2) \
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0)						      \
+    {									      \
+      char __tmp = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1];			      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch1] = __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2];	      \
+      __getopt_nonoption_flags[ch2] = __tmp;				      \
+    }
+#else	/* !_LIBC */
+# define SWAP_FLAGS(ch1, ch2)
+#endif	/* _LIBC */
 
 /* Exchange two adjacent subsequences of ARGV.
    One subsequence is elements [first_nonopt,last_nonopt)
@@ -301,6 +318,28 @@ exchange (argv)
      It leaves the longer segment in the right place overall,
      but it consists of two parts that need to be swapped next.  */
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* First make sure the handling of the `__getopt_nonoption_flags'
+     string can work normally.  Our top argument must be in the range
+     of the string.  */
+  if (nonoption_flags_len > 0 && top >= nonoption_flags_max_len)
+    {
+      /* We must extend the array.  The user plays games with us and
+	 presents new arguments.  */
+      char *new_str = malloc (top + 1);
+      if (new_str == NULL)
+	nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len = 0;
+      else
+	{
+	  memcpy (new_str, __getopt_nonoption_flags, nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  memset (&new_str[nonoption_flags_max_len], '\0',
+		  top + 1 - nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	  nonoption_flags_max_len = top + 1;
+	  __getopt_nonoption_flags = new_str;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
   while (top > middle && middle > bottom)
     {
       if (top - middle > middle - bottom)
@@ -315,6 +354,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
 	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i];
 	      argv[top - (middle - bottom) + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, top - (middle - bottom) + i);
 	    }
 	  /* Exclude the moved bottom segment from further swapping.  */
 	  top -= len;
@@ -331,6 +371,7 @@ exchange (argv)
 	      tem = argv[bottom + i];
 	      argv[bottom + i] = argv[middle + i];
 	      argv[middle + i] = tem;
+	      SWAP_FLAGS (bottom + i, middle + i);
 	    }
 	  /* Exclude the moved top segment from further swapping.  */
 	  bottom += len;
@@ -358,7 +399,7 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
      is the program name); the sequence of previously skipped
      non-option ARGV-elements is empty.  */
 
-  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind = 1;
+  first_nonopt = last_nonopt = optind;
 
   nextchar = NULL;
 
@@ -385,17 +426,30 @@ _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring)
   if (posixly_correct == NULL
       && argc == original_argc && argv == original_argv)
     {
-      /* Bash 2.0 puts a special variable in the environment for each
-	 command it runs, specifying which ARGV elements are the results of
-	 file name wildcard expansion and therefore should not be
-	 considered as options.  */
-      char var[100];
-      sprintf (var, "_%d_GNU_nonoption_argv_flags_", getpid ());
-      nonoption_flags = getenv (var);
-      if (nonoption_flags == NULL)
-	nonoption_flags_len = 0;
-      else
-	nonoption_flags_len = strlen (nonoption_flags);
+      if (nonoption_flags_max_len == 0)
+	{
+	  if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL
+	      || __getopt_nonoption_flags[0] == '\0')
+	    nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	  else
+	    {
+	      const char *orig_str = __getopt_nonoption_flags;
+	      int len = nonoption_flags_max_len = strlen (orig_str);
+	      if (nonoption_flags_max_len < argc)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = argc;
+	      __getopt_nonoption_flags =
+		(char *) malloc (nonoption_flags_max_len);
+	      if (__getopt_nonoption_flags == NULL)
+		nonoption_flags_max_len = -1;
+	      else
+		{
+		  memcpy (__getopt_nonoption_flags, orig_str, len);
+		  memset (&__getopt_nonoption_flags[len], '\0',
+			  nonoption_flags_max_len - len);
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      nonoption_flags_len = nonoption_flags_max_len;
     }
   else
     nonoption_flags_len = 0;
@@ -471,10 +525,11 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 {
   optarg = NULL;
 
-  if (!__getopt_initialized || optind == 0)
+  if (optind == 0 || !__getopt_initialized)
     {
+      if (optind == 0)
+	optind = 1;	/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
       optstring = _getopt_initialize (argc, argv, optstring);
-      optind = 1;		/* Don't scan ARGV[0], the program name.  */
       __getopt_initialized = 1;
     }
 
@@ -485,7 +540,7 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 #ifdef _LIBC
 #define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0'	      \
 		     || (optind < nonoption_flags_len			      \
-			 && nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
+			 && __getopt_nonoption_flags[optind] == '1'))
 #else
 #define NONOPTION_P (argv[optind][0] != '-' || argv[optind][1] == '\0')
 #endif

lib/getopt.h

@@ -1,23 +1,25 @@
 /* Declarations for getopt.
    Copyright (C) 1989,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifndef _GETOPT_H
 #define _GETOPT_H 1

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -1,23 +1,25 @@
 /* getopt_long and getopt_long_only entry points for GNU getopt.
    Copyright (C) 1987,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>

lib/idcache.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* idcache.c -- map user and group IDs, cached for speed
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1985, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +15,8 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -25,14 +25,15 @@
 #include <grp.h>
 
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#include <unistd.h>
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
 #endif
+
 #ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
 struct passwd *getpwuid ();
 struct passwd *getpwnam ();
@@ -56,11 +57,14 @@ struct userid
 
 static struct userid *user_alist;
 
+#ifdef NOT_USED
 /* The members of this list have names not in the local passwd file.  */
 static struct userid *nouser_alist;
+#endif /* NOT_USED */
 
-/* Translate UID to a login name or a stringified number,
-   with cache.  */
+/* Translate UID to a login name, with cache.
+   If UID cannot be resolved, return NULL.
+   Cache lookup failures, too.  */
 
 char *
 getuser (uid)
@@ -68,7 +72,6 @@ getuser (uid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
-  char usernum_string[20];
 
   for (tail = user_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     if (tail->id.u == uid)
@@ -77,13 +80,7 @@ getuser (uid)
   pwent = getpwuid (uid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.u = uid;
-  if (pwent == 0)
-    {
-      sprintf (usernum_string, "%u", (unsigned) uid);
-      tail->name = xstrdup (usernum_string);
-    }
-  else
-    tail->name = xstrdup (pwent->pw_name);
+  tail->name = (pwent ? xstrdup (pwent->pw_name) : NULL);
 
   /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = user_alist;
@@ -91,6 +88,8 @@ getuser (uid)
   return tail->name;
 }
 
+#ifdef NOT_USED
+
 /* Translate USER to a UID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such user.
    (We also cache which user names have no passwd entry,
@@ -98,7 +97,7 @@ getuser (uid)
 
 uid_t *
 getuidbyname (user)
-     char *user;
+     const char *user;
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct passwd *pwent;
@@ -132,6 +131,8 @@ getuidbyname (user)
   return 0;
 }
 
+#endif /* NOT_USED */
+
 /* Use the same struct as for userids.  */
 static struct userid *group_alist;
 static struct userid *nogroup_alist;
@@ -145,7 +146,6 @@ getgroup (gid)
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
-  char groupnum_string[20];
 
   for (tail = group_alist; tail; tail = tail->next)
     if (tail->id.g == gid)
@@ -154,13 +154,7 @@ getgroup (gid)
   grent = getgrgid (gid);
   tail = (struct userid *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct userid));
   tail->id.g = gid;
-  if (grent == 0)
-    {
-      sprintf (groupnum_string, "%u", (unsigned int) gid);
-      tail->name = xstrdup (groupnum_string);
-    }
-  else
-    tail->name = xstrdup (grent->gr_name);
+  tail->name = (grent ? xstrdup (grent->gr_name) : NULL);
 
   /* Add to the head of the list, so most recently used is first.  */
   tail->next = group_alist;
@@ -168,14 +162,16 @@ getgroup (gid)
   return tail->name;
 }
 
-/* Translate GROUP to a UID, with cache.
+#ifdef NOT_USED
+
+/* Translate GROUP to a GID, with cache.
    Return NULL if there is no such group.
    (We also cache which group names have no group entry,
    so we don't keep looking them up.)  */
 
 gid_t *
 getgidbyname (group)
-     char *group;
+     const char *group;
 {
   register struct userid *tail;
   struct group *grent;
@@ -208,3 +204,5 @@ getgidbyname (group)
   nogroup_alist = tail;
   return 0;
 }
+
+#endif /* NOT_USED */

lib/long-options.c

@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ parse_long_options (argc, argv, command_name, package, version, usage)
   opterr = 0;
 
   if (argc == 2
-      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+      && (c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "+", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
       switch (c)
 	{

lib/makepath.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* makepath.c -- Ensure that a directory path exists.
-   Copyright (C) 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # else
 #  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
+ #  pragma alloca
 #  else
 char *alloca ();
 #  endif
@@ -76,9 +76,34 @@ typedef int uid_t;
 typedef int gid_t;
 #endif
 
+#include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "makepath.h"
+#include "error.h"
 
-void error ();
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+
+#define CLEANUP_CWD					\
+  do							\
+    {							\
+      /* We're done operating on basename_dir.		\
+	 Restore working directory.  */			\
+      if (do_chdir)					\
+	{						\
+	  int fail = restore_cwd (&cwd, NULL, NULL);	\
+	  free_cwd (&cwd);				\
+	  if (fail)					\
+	    return 1;					\
+	}						\
+    }							\
+  while (0)
+
+#define CLEANUP						\
+  do							\
+    {							\
+      umask (oldmask);					\
+      CLEANUP_CWD;					\
+    }							\
+  while (0)
 
 /* Ensure that the directory ARGPATH exists.
    Remove any trailing slashes from ARGPATH before calling this function.
@@ -120,17 +145,10 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
      const char *verbose_fmt_string;
 #endif
 {
-  char *dirpath;		/* A copy we can scribble NULs on.  */
   struct stat stats;
   int retval = 0;
-  int oldmask = umask (0);
 
-  /* FIXME: move this alloca and strcpy into the if-block.
-     Set dirpath to argpath in the else-block.  */
-  dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
-  strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
-
-  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+  if (stat (argpath, &stats))
     {
       char *slash;
       int tmp_mode;		/* Initial perms for leading dirs.  */
@@ -141,6 +159,18 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	struct ptr_list *next;
       };
       struct ptr_list *p, *leading_dirs = NULL;
+      int do_chdir;		/* Whether to chdir before each mkdir.  */
+      struct saved_cwd cwd;
+      char *basename_dir;
+      char *dirpath;
+
+      /* Temporarily relax umask in case it's overly restrictive.  */
+      int oldmask = umask (0);
+
+      /* Make a copy of ARGPATH that we can scribble NULs on.  */
+      dirpath = (char *) alloca (strlen (argpath) + 1);
+      strcpy (dirpath, argpath);
+      strip_trailing_slashes (dirpath);
 
       /* If leading directories shouldn't be writable or executable,
 	 or should have set[ug]id or sticky bits set and we are setting
@@ -158,49 +188,89 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	  re_protect = 0;
 	}
 
+      /* If we can record the current working directory, we may be able
+	 to do the chdir optimization.  */
+      do_chdir = !save_cwd (&cwd);
+
+      /* If we've saved the cwd and DIRPATH is an absolute pathname,
+	 we must chdir to `/' in order to enable the chdir optimization.
+         So if chdir ("/") fails, turn off the optimization.  */
+      if (do_chdir && *dirpath == '/' && chdir ("/") < 0)
+	do_chdir = 0;
+
       slash = dirpath;
+
+      /* Skip over leading slashes.  */
       while (*slash == '/')
 	slash++;
-      while ((slash = strchr (slash, '/')))
+
+      while (1)
 	{
+	  /* slash points to the leftmost unprocessed component of dirpath.  */
+	  basename_dir = slash;
+
+	  slash = strchr (slash, '/');
+	  if (slash == NULL)
+	    break;
+
+	  /* If we're *not* doing chdir before each mkdir, then we have to refer
+	     to the target using the full (multi-component) directory name.  */
+	  if (!do_chdir)
+	    basename_dir = dirpath;
+
 	  *slash = '\0';
-	  if (stat (dirpath, &stats))
+	  if (mkdir (basename_dir, tmp_mode))
 	    {
-	      if (mkdir (dirpath, tmp_mode))
+	      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats))
 		{
 		  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-		  umask (oldmask);
+		  CLEANUP;
+		  return 1;
+		}
+	      else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+		{
+		  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
+		  CLEANUP;
 		  return 1;
 		}
 	      else
 		{
-		  if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
-		    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
-
-		  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
-		      && chown (dirpath, owner, group)
-#if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
-		      && errno != EPERM
-#endif
-		      )
-		    {
-		      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
-		      retval = 1;
-		    }
-		  if (re_protect)
-		    {
-		      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
-			alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
-		      new->dirname_end = slash;
-		      new->next = leading_dirs;
-		      leading_dirs = new;
-		    }
+		  /* DIRPATH already exists and is a directory. */
 		}
 	    }
-	  else if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
+
+	  if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
+	    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
+
+	  if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1
+	      && chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
+#if defined(AFS) && defined (EPERM)
+	      && errno != EPERM
+#endif
+	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-	      umask (oldmask);
+	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      CLEANUP;
+	      return 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (re_protect)
+	    {
+	      struct ptr_list *new = (struct ptr_list *)
+		alloca (sizeof (struct ptr_list));
+	      new->dirname_end = slash;
+	      new->next = leading_dirs;
+	      leading_dirs = new;
+	    }
+
+	  /* If we were able to save the initial working directory,
+	     then we can use chdir to change into each directory before
+	     creating an entry in that directory.  This avoids making
+	     stat and mkdir process O(n^2) file name components.  */
+	  if (do_chdir && chdir (basename_dir) < 0)
+	    {
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot chdir to directory, %s", dirpath);
+	      CLEANUP;
 	      return 1;
 	    }
 
@@ -212,40 +282,49 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	    slash++;
 	}
 
+      if (!do_chdir)
+	basename_dir = dirpath;
+
       /* We're done making leading directories.
 	 Create the final component of the path.  */
 
       /* The path could end in "/." or contain "/..", so test
 	 if we really have to create the directory.  */
 
-      if (stat (dirpath, &stats) && mkdir (dirpath, mode))
+      if (stat (basename_dir, &stats) && mkdir (basename_dir, mode))
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, "cannot create directory `%s'", dirpath);
-	  umask (oldmask);
+	  CLEANUP;
 	  return 1;
 	}
+
+      /* Done creating directories.  Restore original umask.  */
+      umask (oldmask);
+
       if (verbose_fmt_string != NULL)
 	error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, dirpath);
 
       if (owner != (uid_t) -1 && group != (gid_t) -1)
 	{
-	  if (chown (dirpath, owner, group)
+	  if (chown (basename_dir, owner, group)
 #ifdef AFS
 	      && errno != EPERM
 #endif
 	      )
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot chown %s", dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	  /* chown may have turned off some permission bits we wanted.  */
-	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (dirpath, mode))
+	  if ((mode & 07000) != 0 && chmod (basename_dir, mode))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dirpath);
+	      error (0, errno, "cannot chmod %s", dirpath);
 	      retval = 1;
 	    }
 	}
 
+      CLEANUP_CWD;
+
       /* If the mode for leading directories didn't include owner "wx"
 	 privileges, we have to reset their protections to the correct
 	 value.  */
@@ -263,10 +342,11 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
     {
       /* We get here if the entire path already exists.  */
 
+      const char *dirpath = argpath;
+
       if (!S_ISDIR (stats.st_mode))
 	{
 	  error (0, 0, "`%s' exists but is not a directory", dirpath);
-	  umask (oldmask);
 	  return 1;
 	}
 
@@ -296,6 +376,5 @@ make_path (argpath, mode, parent_mode, owner, group, preserve_existing,
 	}
     }
 
-  umask (oldmask);
   return retval;
 }

lib/memchr.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Based on strlen implemention by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
    with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
    commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
    adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -369,5 +369,3 @@ memcmp (s1, s2, len)
 #undef bcmp
 weak_alias (memcmp, bcmp)
 #endif
-
-

lib/memcpy.c

@@ -1,11 +1,29 @@
-/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR.  Result undefined
-   if the source overlaps with the destination.
-   Return DESTADDR. */
+/* Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Jim Meyering <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>.  */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+/* Copy LEN bytes starting at SRCADDR to DESTADDR.  Result undefined
+   if the source overlaps with the destination.
+   Return DESTADDR. */
+
 char *
 memcpy (destaddr, srcaddr, len)
      char *destaddr;

lib/mktime.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Contributed by Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com).
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
@@ -26,6 +26,12 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifdef _LIBC
+# define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
+# define HAVE_LOCALTIME_R 1
+# define STDC_HEADERS 1
+#endif
+
 /* Assume that leap seconds are possible, unless told otherwise.
    If the host has a `zic' command with a `-L leapsecondfilename' option,
    then it supports leap seconds; otherwise it probably doesn't.  */
@@ -36,13 +42,13 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>		/* Some systems define `time_t' here.  */
 #include <time.h>
 
-#if __STDC__ || __GNU_LIBRARY__ || STDC_HEADERS
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
 #include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
 #if DEBUG
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if __STDC__ || __GNU_LIBRARY__ || STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 /* Make it work even if the system's libc has its own mktime routine.  */
@@ -69,8 +75,10 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef TIME_T_MIN
-#define TIME_T_MIN (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
-		    : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1))
+/* The outer cast to time_t works around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.  */
+#define TIME_T_MIN ((time_t) \
+		    (0 < (time_t) -1 ? (time_t) 0 \
+		     : ~ (time_t) 0 << (sizeof (time_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1)))
 #endif
 #ifndef TIME_T_MAX
 #define TIME_T_MAX (~ (time_t) 0 - TIME_T_MIN)
@@ -101,10 +109,10 @@ time_t __mktime_internal __P ((struct tm *,
 			       time_t *));
 
 
-#if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r)
 #ifdef _LIBC
 #define localtime_r __localtime_r
 #else
+#if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r)
 /* Approximate localtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
 #define localtime_r my_localtime_r
 static struct tm *localtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
@@ -119,8 +127,8 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
   *tp = *l;
   return tp;
 }
-#endif /* ! _LIBC */
 #endif /* ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R && ! defined (localtime_r) */
+#endif /* ! _LIBC */
 
 
 /* Yield the difference between (YEAR-YDAY HOUR:MIN:SEC) and (*TP),
@@ -133,11 +141,19 @@ ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
      int year, yday, hour, min, sec;
      const struct tm *tp;
 {
-  time_t ay = year + (time_t) (TM_YEAR_BASE - 1);
-  time_t by = tp->tm_year + (time_t) (TM_YEAR_BASE - 1);
-  time_t intervening_leap_days =
-    (ay/4 - by/4) - (ay/100 - by/100) + (ay/400 - by/400);
-  time_t years = ay - by;
+  /* Compute intervening leap days correctly even if year is negative.
+     Take care to avoid int overflow.  time_t overflow is OK, since
+     only the low order bits of the correct time_t answer are needed.
+     Don't convert to time_t until after all divisions are done, since
+     time_t might be unsigned.  */
+  int a4 = (year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (year & 3);
+  int b4 = (tp->tm_year >> 2) + (TM_YEAR_BASE >> 2) - ! (tp->tm_year & 3);
+  int a100 = a4 / 25 - (a4 % 25 < 0);
+  int b100 = b4 / 25 - (b4 % 25 < 0);
+  int a400 = a100 >> 2;
+  int b400 = b100 >> 2;
+  int intervening_leap_days = (a4 - b4) - (a100 - b100) + (a400 - b400);
+  time_t years = year - (time_t) tp->tm_year;
   time_t days = (365 * years + intervening_leap_days
 		 + (yday - tp->tm_yday));
   return (60 * (60 * (24 * days + (hour - tp->tm_hour))
@@ -146,12 +162,20 @@ ydhms_tm_diff (year, yday, hour, min, sec, tp)
 }
 
 
+static time_t localtime_offset;
+
 /* Convert *TP to a time_t value.  */
 time_t
 mktime (tp)
      struct tm *tp;
 {
-  static time_t localtime_offset;
+#ifdef _LIBC
+  /* POSIX.1 8.1.1 requires that whenever mktime() is called, the
+     time zone names contained in the external variable `tzname' shall
+     be set as if the tzset() function had been called.  */
+  __tzset ();
+#endif
+
   return __mktime_internal (tp, localtime_r, &localtime_offset);
 }
 

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -236,6 +236,33 @@ invalid:
   return MODE_INVALID;
 }
 
+/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
+   of REF_FILE.  Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
+
+struct mode_change *
+mode_create_from_ref (ref_file)
+     const char *ref_file;
+{
+  struct mode_change *change;	/* the only change element */
+  struct stat ref_stats;
+
+  if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats))
+    return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE;
+
+  change = talloc (struct mode_change);
+
+  if (change == NULL)
+    return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
+
+  change->op = '=';
+  change->flags = 0;
+  change->affected = 07777;
+  change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
+  change->next = NULL;
+
+  return change;
+}
+
 /* Return file mode OLDMODE, adjusted as indicated by the list of change
    operations CHANGES.  If OLDMODE is a directory, the type `X'
    change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.

lib/modechange.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.h -- definitions for file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -39,10 +39,12 @@ struct mode_change
 #define MODE_MASK_EQUALS 1
 #define MODE_MASK_PLUS 2
 #define MODE_MASK_MINUS 4
+#define MODE_MASK_ALL (MODE_MASK_EQUALS | MODE_MASK_PLUS | MODE_MASK_MINUS)
 
 /* Error return values for mode_compile. */
 #define MODE_INVALID (struct mode_change *) 0
 #define MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED (struct mode_change *) 1
+#define MODE_BAD_REFERENCE (struct mode_change *) 2
 
 #ifndef __P
 # if defined (__GNUC__) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
@@ -53,5 +55,6 @@ struct mode_change
 #endif
 
 struct mode_change *mode_compile __P ((const char *, unsigned));
+struct mode_change *mode_create_from_ref __P ((const char *));
 unsigned short mode_adjust __P ((unsigned, const struct mode_change *));
 void mode_free __P ((struct mode_change *));

lib/mountlist.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* mountlist.c -- return a list of mounted filesystems
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
 #include "mountlist.h"
 
 #ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-#include <stdlib.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
 #else
 void free ();
 #endif
 #if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
-#include <string.h>
+# include <string.h>
 #else
-#include <strings.h>
+# include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
 char *strstr ();
@@ -41,62 +41,73 @@ char *xstrdup ();
 void error ();
 
 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
-#include <sys/param.h>
+# include <sys/param.h>
 #endif
 
 #if defined (MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT)	/* __alpha running OSF_1 */
-#  include <sys/mount.h>
-#  include <sys/fs_types.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETFSSTAT */
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
-#include <mntent.h>
-#if !defined(MOUNTED)
+# include <mntent.h>
+# if !defined(MOUNTED)
 #  if defined(MNT_MNTTAB)	/* HP-UX.  */
-#    define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
+#   define MOUNTED MNT_MNTTAB
 #  endif
 #  if defined(MNTTABNAME)	/* Dynix.  */
-#    define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
+#   define MOUNTED MNTTABNAME
 #  endif
-#endif
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO	/* 4.4BSD.  */
-#include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNT		/* Ultrix.  */
-#include <sys/mount.h>
-#include <sys/fs_types.h>
+# include <sys/mount.h>
+# include <sys/fs_types.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD		/* SVR2.  */
-#include <mnttab.h>
+# include <mnttab.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP	/* SVR3.  */
-#include <mnttab.h>
-#include <sys/fstyp.h>
-#include <sys/statfs.h>
+# include <mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/fstyp.h>
+# include <sys/statfs.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_LISTMNTENT
-#include <mntent.h>
+# include <mntent.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT2	/* SVR4.  */
-#include <sys/mnttab.h>
+# include <sys/mnttab.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_VMOUNT		/* AIX.  */
-#include <fshelp.h>
-#include <sys/vfs.h>
+# include <fshelp.h>
+# include <sys/vfs.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef DOLPHIN
 /* So special that it's not worth putting this in autoconf.  */
-#undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
-#define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+# undef MOUNTED_FREAD_FSTYP
+# define MOUNTED_GETMNTTBL
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HAVE_SYS_MNTENT_H
+/* This is to get MNTOPT_IGNORE on e.g. SVR4.  */
+# include <sys/mntent.h>
+#endif
+
+#if defined (MNTOPT_IGNORE) && defined (HAVE_HASMNTOPT)
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) hasmntopt ((M), MNTOPT_IGNORE)
+#else
+# define MNT_IGNORE(M) 0
 #endif
 
 #ifdef MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1	/* 4.3BSD, SunOS, HP-UX, Dynix, Irix.  */
@@ -127,97 +138,97 @@ xatoi (cp)
 }
 #endif /* MOUNTED_GETMNTENT1.  */
 
-#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__)
+#if defined (MOUNTED_GETMNTINFO) && !defined (__NetBSD__) && !defined (__OpenBSD__)
 static char *
 fstype_to_string (t)
      short t;
 {
   switch (t)
     {
-#ifdef MOUNT_PC
+# ifdef MOUNT_PC
     case MOUNT_PC:
       return "pc";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_MFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_MFS
     case MOUNT_MFS:
       return "mfs";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LO
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_LO
     case MOUNT_LO:
       return "lo";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_TFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_TFS
     case MOUNT_TFS:
       return "tfs";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_TMP
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_TMP
     case MOUNT_TMP:
       return "tmp";
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_UFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_UFS
    case MOUNT_UFS:
      return "ufs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_NFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_NFS
    case MOUNT_NFS:
      return "nfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_MSDOS
    case MOUNT_MSDOS:
      return "msdos" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_LFS
    case MOUNT_LFS:
      return "lfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_LOFS
    case MOUNT_LOFS:
      return "lofs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_FDESC
    case MOUNT_FDESC:
      return "fdesc" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_PORTAL
    case MOUNT_PORTAL:
      return "portal" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_NULL
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_NULL
    case MOUNT_NULL:
      return "null" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_UMAP
    case MOUNT_UMAP:
      return "umap" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_KERNFS
    case MOUNT_KERNFS:
      return "kernfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_PROCFS
    case MOUNT_PROCFS:
      return "procfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_AFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_AFS
    case MOUNT_AFS:
      return "afs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_CD9660
    case MOUNT_CD9660:
      return "cd9660" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_UNION
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_UNION
    case MOUNT_UNION:
      return "union" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_DEVFS
    case MOUNT_DEVFS:
      return "devfs" ;
-#endif
-#ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
+# endif
+# ifdef MOUNT_EXT2FS
    case MOUNT_EXT2FS:
      return "ext2fs" ;
-#endif
+# endif
     default:
       return "?";
     }
@@ -345,11 +356,11 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntfromname);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (fsp->f_mntonname);
-#ifdef __NetBSD__
+# if defined (__NetBSD__) || defined (__OpenBSD__)
 	me->me_type = xstrdup (fsp->f_fstypename);
-#else
+# else
 	me->me_type = fstype_to_string (fsp->f_type);
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 	me->me_next = NULL;
 
@@ -436,17 +447,17 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
     while (fread (&mnt, sizeof mnt, 1, fp) > 0)
       {
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
-#ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
+# ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mt_dev);
-#else
+# else
 	me->me_devname = xmalloc (strlen (mnt.mt_dev) + 6);
 	strcpy (me->me_devname, "/dev/");
 	strcpy (me->me_devname + 5, mnt.mt_dev);
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mt_filsys);
 	me->me_dev = (dev_t) -1;	/* Magic; means not known yet. */
 	me->me_type = "";
-#ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
+# ifdef GETFSTYP			/* SVR3.  */
 	if (need_fs_type)
 	  {
 	    struct statfs fsd;
@@ -456,7 +467,7 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 		&& sysfs (GETFSTYP, fsd.f_fstyp, typebuf) != -1)
 	      me->me_type = xstrdup (typebuf);
 	  }
-#endif
+# endif
 	me->me_next = NULL;
 
 	/* Add to the linked list. */
@@ -502,6 +513,10 @@ read_filesystem_list (need_fs_type, all_fs)
 
     while ((ret = getmntent (fp, &mnt)) == 0)
       {
+	/* Don't show automounted filesystems twice on e.g., Solaris.  */
+	if (!all_fs && MNT_IGNORE (&mnt))
+	  continue;
+
 	me = (struct mount_entry *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct mount_entry));
 	me->me_devname = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_special);
 	me->me_mountdir = xstrdup (mnt.mnt_mountp);

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,19 +1,23 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
    Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include "obstack.h"
 
@@ -52,7 +56,7 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /* Determine default alignment.  */
 struct fooalign {char x; double d;};
 #define DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT  \
-  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *)&((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *)0))
+  ((PTR_INT_TYPE) ((char *) &((struct fooalign *) 0)->d - (char *) 0))
 /* If malloc were really smart, it would round addresses to DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT.
    But in fact it might be less smart and round addresses to as much as
    DEFAULT_ROUNDING.  So we prepare for it to do that.  */
@@ -67,6 +71,28 @@ union fooround {long x; double d;};
 #define COPYING_UNIT int
 #endif
 
+
+/* The functions allocating more room by calling `obstack_chunk_alloc'
+   jump to the handler pointed to by `obstack_alloc_failed_handler'.
+   This variable by default points to the internal function
+   `print_and_abort'.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+static void print_and_abort (void);
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void) = print_and_abort;
+#else
+static void print_and_abort ();
+void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) () = print_and_abort;
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
+#define EXIT_FAILURE 1
+#endif
+int obstack_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
+
 /* The non-GNU-C macros copy the obstack into this global variable
    to avoid multiple evaluation.  */
 
@@ -78,6 +104,20 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
    For free, do not use ?:, since some compilers, like the MIPS compilers,
    do not allow (expr) ? void : void.  */
 
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
+  (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+   ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
+   : (*(struct _obstack_chunk *(*) (long)) (h)->chunkfun) ((size)))
+
+#define CALL_FREEFUN(h, old_chunk) \
+  do { \
+    if ((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
+      (*(h)->freefun) ((h)->extra_arg, (old_chunk)); \
+    else \
+      (*(void (*) (void *)) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
+  } while (0)
+#else
 #define CALL_CHUNKFUN(h, size) \
   (((h) -> use_extra_arg) \
    ? (*(h)->chunkfun) ((h)->extra_arg, (size)) \
@@ -90,6 +130,7 @@ struct obstack *_obstack;
     else \
       (*(void (*) ()) (h)->freefun) ((old_chunk)); \
   } while (0)
+#endif
 
 
 /* Initialize an obstack H for use.  Specify chunk size SIZE (0 means default).
@@ -106,10 +147,15 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
      struct obstack *h;
      int size;
      int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (long);
+     void (*freefun) (void *);
+#else
      POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
      void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
 
   if (alignment == 0)
     alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
@@ -130,25 +176,27 @@ _obstack_begin (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun)
       size = 4096 - extra;
     }
 
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *, long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
   h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
   h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
   h->chunk_size = size;
   h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
   h->use_extra_arg = 0;
 
   chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
   if (!chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
   h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
   h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
     = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
   chunk->prev = 0;
   /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
   return 1;
 }
 
@@ -157,11 +205,16 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
      struct obstack *h;
      int size;
      int alignment;
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+     POINTER (*chunkfun) (POINTER, long);
+     void (*freefun) (POINTER, POINTER);
+#else
      POINTER (*chunkfun) ();
      void (*freefun) ();
+#endif
      POINTER arg;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk* chunk; /* points to new chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *chunk; /* points to new chunk */
 
   if (alignment == 0)
     alignment = DEFAULT_ALIGNMENT;
@@ -182,8 +235,13 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
       size = 4096 - extra;
     }
 
+#if defined(__STDC__) && __STDC__
+  h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)(void *,long)) chunkfun;
+  h->freefun = (void (*) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *)) freefun;
+#else
   h->chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk * (*)()) chunkfun;
   h->freefun = freefun;
+#endif
   h->chunk_size = size;
   h->alignment_mask = alignment - 1;
   h->extra_arg = arg;
@@ -191,17 +249,14 @@ _obstack_begin_1 (h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg)
 
   chunk = h->chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, h -> chunk_size);
   if (!chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return 0;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
   h->next_free = h->object_base = chunk->contents;
   h->chunk_limit = chunk->limit
     = (char *) chunk + h->chunk_size;
   chunk->prev = 0;
   /* The initial chunk now contains no empty object.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
+  h->alloc_failed = 0;
   return 1;
 }
 
@@ -216,8 +271,8 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
      struct obstack *h;
      int length;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*	old_chunk = h->chunk;
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*	new_chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *old_chunk = h->chunk;
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *new_chunk;
   register long	new_size;
   register int obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
   register int i;
@@ -231,11 +286,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   /* Allocate and initialize the new chunk.  */
   new_chunk = CALL_CHUNKFUN (h, new_size);
   if (!new_chunk)
-    {
-      h->alloc_failed = 1;
-      return;
-    }
-  h->alloc_failed = 0;
+    (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
   h->chunk = new_chunk;
   new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
   new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
@@ -290,14 +341,14 @@ _obstack_allocated_p (h, obj)
      struct obstack *h;
      POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
 
   lp = (h)->chunk;
   /* We use >= rather than > since the object cannot be exactly at
      the beginning of the chunk but might be an empty object exactly
-     at the end of an adjacent chunk. */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+     at the end of an adjacent chunk.  */
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
     {
       plp = lp->prev;
       lp = plp;
@@ -318,14 +369,14 @@ _obstack_free (h, obj)
      struct obstack *h;
      POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
 
   lp = h->chunk;
   /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
      But there can be an empty object at that address
      at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
     {
       plp = lp->prev;
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
@@ -336,7 +387,7 @@ _obstack_free (h, obj)
     }
   if (lp)
     {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
       h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
       h->chunk = lp;
     }
@@ -352,14 +403,14 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
      struct obstack *h;
      POINTER obj;
 {
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
-  register struct _obstack_chunk*  plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *lp;	/* below addr of any objects in this chunk */
+  register struct _obstack_chunk *plp;	/* point to previous chunk if any */
 
   lp = h->chunk;
   /* We use >= because there cannot be an object at the beginning of a chunk.
      But there can be an empty object at that address
      at the end of another chunk.  */
-  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER)lp >= obj || (POINTER)(lp)->limit < obj))
+  while (lp != 0 && ((POINTER) lp >= obj || (POINTER) (lp)->limit < obj))
     {
       plp = lp->prev;
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, lp);
@@ -370,7 +421,7 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
     }
   if (lp)
     {
-      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *)(obj);
+      h->object_base = h->next_free = (char *) (obj);
       h->chunk_limit = lp->limit;
       h->chunk = lp;
     }
@@ -379,6 +430,39 @@ obstack_free (h, obj)
     abort ();
 }
 
+int
+_obstack_memory_used (h)
+     struct obstack *h;
+{
+  register struct _obstack_chunk* lp;
+  register int nbytes = 0;
+
+  for (lp = h->chunk; lp != 0; lp = lp->prev)
+    {
+      nbytes += lp->limit - (char *) lp;
+    }
+  return nbytes;
+}
+
+/* Define the error handler.  */
+#ifndef _
+# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  include <libintl.h>
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(Str) gettext (Str)
+#  endif
+# else
+#  define _(Str) (Str)
+# endif
+#endif
+
+static void
+print_and_abort ()
+{
+  fputs (_("memory exhausted\n"), stderr);
+  exit (obstack_exit_failure);
+}
+
 #if 0
 /* These are now turned off because the applications do not use it
    and it uses bcopy via obstack_grow, which causes trouble on sysV.  */
@@ -417,6 +501,13 @@ int (obstack_room) (obstack)
   return obstack_room (obstack);
 }
 
+int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
+     struct obstack *obstack;
+     int length;
+{
+  return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
+}
+
 void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
      POINTER pointer;

lib/obstack.h

@@ -1,19 +1,23 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Summary:
 
@@ -102,26 +106,17 @@ Summary:
 
 #ifndef __OBSTACK_H__
 #define __OBSTACK_H__
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !defined (HAVE_BCOPY) && defined (HAVE_MEMCPY) && !defined (bcopy)
-# define bcopy(from, to, len) memcpy ((to), (from), (len))
-#endif
-
 
-/* We use subtraction of (char *)0 instead of casting to int
+/* We use subtraction of (char *) 0 instead of casting to int
    because on word-addressable machines a simple cast to int
    may ignore the byte-within-word field of the pointer.  */
 
 #ifndef __PTR_TO_INT
-#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *)0)
+#define __PTR_TO_INT(P) ((P) - (char *) 0)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef __INT_TO_PTR
-#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *)0)
+#define __INT_TO_PTR(P) ((P) + (char *) 0)
 #endif
 
 /* We need the type of the resulting object.  In ANSI C it is ptrdiff_t
@@ -141,18 +136,23 @@ Summary:
 #include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#ifndef HAVE_PTRDIFF_T
-# define ptrdiff_t off_t
-#endif
-
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE ptrdiff_t
 #else
 #define PTR_INT_TYPE long
 #endif
 
+#if defined (_LIBC) || defined (HAVE_STRING_H)
+#include <string.h>
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+#ifdef memcpy
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) memcpy ((To), (From), (N))
+#else
+#define _obstack_memcpy(To, From, N) bcopy ((From), (To), (N))
+#endif
+#endif
+
 struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 {
   char  *limit;			/* 1 past end of this chunk */
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ struct _obstack_chunk		/* Lives at front of each chunk. */
 struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 {
   long	chunk_size;		/* preferred size to allocate chunks in */
-  struct _obstack_chunk* chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
+  struct _obstack_chunk *chunk;	/* address of current struct obstack_chunk */
   char	*object_base;		/* address of object we are building */
   char	*next_free;		/* where to add next char to current object */
   char	*chunk_limit;		/* address of char after current chunk */
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
      but having prototypes here quiets -Wstrict-prototypes.  */
   struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (void *, long);
   void (*freefun) (void *, struct _obstack_chunk *);
-  void *extra_arg;             /* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
+  void *extra_arg;		/* first arg for chunk alloc/dealloc funcs */
 #else
   struct _obstack_chunk *(*chunkfun) (); /* User's fcn to allocate a chunk.  */
   void (*freefun) ();		/* User's function to free a chunk.  */
@@ -186,7 +186,9 @@ struct obstack		/* control current object in current chunk */
 				   chunk contains a zero-length object.  This
 				   prevents freeing the chunk if we allocate
 				   a bigger chunk to replace it. */
-  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* chunk alloc func returned 0 */
+  unsigned alloc_failed:1;	/* No longer used, as we now call the failed
+				   handler on error, but retained for binary
+				   compatibility.  */
 };
 
 /* Declare the external functions we use; they are in obstack.c.  */
@@ -199,11 +201,13 @@ extern int _obstack_begin (struct obstack *, int, int,
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 (struct obstack *, int, int,
 			     void *(*) (void *, long),
 			     void (*) (void *, void *), void *);
+extern int _obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *);
 #else
 extern void _obstack_newchunk ();
 extern void _obstack_free ();
 extern int _obstack_begin ();
 extern int _obstack_begin_1 ();
+extern int _obstack_memory_used ();
 #endif
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
@@ -234,6 +238,7 @@ void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
+void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
 void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
@@ -243,17 +248,30 @@ void * obstack_base (struct obstack *obstack);
 void * obstack_next_free (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_alignment_mask (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
+int obstack_memory_used (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 #endif /* __STDC__ */
 
 /* Non-ANSI C cannot really support alternative functions for these macros,
    so we do not declare them.  */
+
+/* Error handler called when `obstack_chunk_alloc' failed to allocate
+   more memory.  This can be set to a user defined function.  The
+   default action is to print a message and abort.  */
+#if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) (void);
+#else
+extern void (*obstack_alloc_failed_handler) ();
+#endif
+
+/* Exit value used when `print_and_abort' is used.  */
+extern int obstack_exit_failure;
 
 /* Pointer to beginning of object being allocated or to be allocated next.
    Note that this might not be the final address of the object
    because a new chunk might be needed to hold the final size.  */
 
-#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->object_base)
+#define obstack_base(h) ((h)->object_base)
 
 /* Size for allocating ordinary chunks.  */
 
@@ -261,7 +279,7 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 /* Pointer to next byte not yet allocated in current chunk.  */
 
-#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free)
+#define obstack_next_free(h)	((h)->next_free)
 
 /* Mask specifying low bits that should be clear in address of an object.  */
 
@@ -273,19 +291,19 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 #define obstack_init(h) \
   _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-                 (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 #define obstack_begin(h, size) \
   _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-                 (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 #define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
   _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-                   (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
 
 #define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
   _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-                   (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun), (arg))
+		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun), (arg))
 
 #define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
   ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)(long)) (newchunkfun))
@@ -322,6 +340,8 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_1grow_fast(h,achar) (*((h)->next_free)++ = achar)
 
 #define obstack_blank_fast(h,n) ((h)->next_free += (n))
+
+#define obstack_memory_used(h) _obstack_memory_used (h)
 
 #if defined (__GNUC__) && defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 /* NextStep 2.0 cc is really gcc 1.93 but it defines __GNUC__ = 2 and
@@ -339,7 +359,6 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 #define obstack_object_size(OBSTACK)					\
   __extension__								\
   ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
-     __o->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
      (unsigned) (__o->next_free - __o->object_base); })
 
 #define obstack_room(OBSTACK)						\
@@ -347,17 +366,22 @@ int obstack_chunk_size (struct obstack *obstack);
   ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
      (unsigned) (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free); })
 
+#define obstack_make_room(OBSTACK,length)				\
+__extension__								\
+({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
+   int __len = (length);						\
+   if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
+     _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
+   (void) 0; })
+
 #define obstack_grow(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
 __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     {									\
-        bcopy ((char *) (where), __o->next_free, __len);		\
-	__o->next_free += __len;					\
-     }									\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_grow0(OBSTACK,where,length)				\
@@ -366,12 +390,9 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     {									\
-       bcopy ((char *) (where), __o->next_free, __len);			\
-       __o->next_free += __len;						\
-       *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
-     }									\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_1grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
@@ -379,8 +400,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)				\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, 1);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
+   *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
    (void) 0; })
 
 /* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
@@ -392,8 +412,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)					\
@@ -401,12 +420,11 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
-#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **)(h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
-#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *)(h)->next_free)++ = (int)aint)
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
 
 #define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
 __extension__								\
@@ -414,8 +432,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->chunk_limit - __o->next_free < __len)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   if (!__o->alloc_failed)						\
-     __o->next_free += __len;						\
+   __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
 #define obstack_alloc(OBSTACK,length)					\
@@ -442,21 +459,16 @@ __extension__								\
 __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o1 = (OBSTACK);					\
    void *value;								\
-   if (__o1->alloc_failed)						\
-     value = 0;								\
-   else									\
-     {									\
-       value = (void *) __o1->object_base;				\
-       if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
-         __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
-       __o1->next_free							\
-	 = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
-			 & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
-       if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk			\
-	   > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
-	 __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
-       __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;				\
-      }									\
+   value = (void *) __o1->object_base;					\
+   if (__o1->next_free == value)					\
+     __o1->maybe_empty_object = 1;					\
+   __o1->next_free							\
+     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (__o1->next_free)+__o1->alignment_mask)\
+		     & ~ (__o1->alignment_mask));			\
+   if (__o1->next_free - (char *)__o1->chunk				\
+       > __o1->chunk_limit - (char *)__o1->chunk)			\
+     __o1->next_free = __o1->chunk_limit;				\
+   __o1->object_base = __o1->next_free;					\
    value; })
 
 #define obstack_free(OBSTACK, OBJ)					\
@@ -470,7 +482,7 @@ __extension__								\
 #else /* not __GNUC__ or not __STDC__ */
 
 #define obstack_object_size(h) \
- (unsigned) ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 : (h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
+ (unsigned) ((h)->next_free - (h)->object_base)
 
 #define obstack_room(h)		\
  (unsigned) ((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free)
@@ -481,50 +493,49 @@ __extension__								\
    Casting the third operand to void was tried before,
    but some compilers won't accept it.  */
 
+#define obstack_make_room(h,length)					\
+( (h)->temp = (length),							\
+  (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
+   ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0))
+
 #define obstack_grow(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (bcopy ((char *) (where), (h)->next_free, (h)->temp),			\
-  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
 
 #define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (bcopy ((char *) (where), (h)->next_free, (h)->temp),			\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
-  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)))
+  *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
 
 #define obstack_1grow(h,datum)						\
 ( (((h)->next_free + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)				\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), 1), 0) : 0),				\
- ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum))))
+  (*((h)->next_free)++ = (datum)))
 
 #define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((char **)(((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *)datum))))
+  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))
 
 #define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (*((int *)(((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int)datum))))
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))
 
-#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **)(h)->next_free)++ = (char *)aptr)
-#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *)(h)->next_free)++ = (int)aint)
+#define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
+#define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
 
 #define obstack_blank(h,length)						\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->chunk_limit - (h)->next_free < (h)->temp)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  ((h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp)))
+  ((h)->next_free += (h)->temp))
 
 #define obstack_alloc(h,length)						\
  (obstack_blank ((h), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
@@ -536,30 +547,29 @@ __extension__								\
  (obstack_grow0 ((h), (where), (length)), obstack_finish ((h)))
 
 #define obstack_finish(h)  						\
-( (h)->alloc_failed ? 0 :						\
-  (((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
+( ((h)->next_free == (h)->object_base					\
    ? (((h)->maybe_empty_object = 1), 0)					\
    : 0),								\
   (h)->temp = __PTR_TO_INT ((h)->object_base),				\
   (h)->next_free							\
     = __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT ((h)->next_free)+(h)->alignment_mask)	\
 		    & ~ ((h)->alignment_mask)),				\
-  (((h)->next_free - (char *)(h)->chunk					\
-    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *)(h)->chunk)				\
+  (((h)->next_free - (char *) (h)->chunk				\
+    > (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
    ? ((h)->next_free = (h)->chunk_limit) : 0),				\
   (h)->object_base = (h)->next_free,					\
-  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp)))
+  __INT_TO_PTR ((h)->temp))
 
 #if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
 #define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *)(obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
   (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
    ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
 	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\
    : (((obstack_free) ((h), (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk), 0), 0)))
 #else
 #define obstack_free(h,obj)						\
-( (h)->temp = (char *)(obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
+( (h)->temp = (char *) (obj) - (char *) (h)->chunk,			\
   (((h)->temp > 0 && (h)->temp < (h)->chunk_limit - (char *) (h)->chunk)\
    ? (int) ((h)->next_free = (h)->object_base				\
 	    = (h)->temp + (char *) (h)->chunk)				\

lib/putenv.c

@@ -1,32 +1,32 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
+   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+   later version.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-later version.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 #include <errno.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-/* Define-away any (possibly conflicting) prototype of putenv.
-   Many systems omit the `const' attribute on the argument.  */
-#define putenv _sys_putenv
+/* Disable the definition of putenv to rpl_putenv (from config.h) in this
+   file.  Otherwise, we'd get conflicting prototypes for rpl_putenv on
+   systems like Irix 5.3.  */
+#undef putenv
 
 #if defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) || defined (HAVE_STDLIB_H)
 # include <stdlib.h>
@@ -38,8 +38,6 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-#undef putenv
-
 #if !defined (__GNU_LIBRARY__) && !defined (HAVE_STRCHR)
 # define strchr index
 #endif
@@ -56,7 +54,7 @@ extern char **environ;
 
 /* Put STRING, which is of the form "NAME=VALUE", in the environment.  */
 int
-putenv (string)
+rpl_putenv (string)
      const char *string;
 {
   const char *const name_end = strchr (string, '=');

lib/readutmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+/* GNU's read utmp module.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by jla; revised by djm */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# include <strings.h>
+#endif /* STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H */
+
+#include "readutmp.h"
+
+char *xmalloc ();
+
+/* Copy UT->ut_name into storage obtained from malloc.  Then remove any
+   trailing spaces from the copy, NUL terminate it, and return the copy.  */
+
+char *
+extract_trimmed_name (ut)
+  const STRUCT_UTMP *ut;
+{
+  char *p, *trimmed_name;
+
+  trimmed_name = xmalloc (sizeof (ut->ut_name) + 1);
+  strncpy (trimmed_name, ut->ut_name, sizeof (ut->ut_name));
+  /* Append a trailing space character.  Some systems pad names shorter than
+     the maximum with spaces, others pad with NULs.  Remove any spaces.  */
+  trimmed_name[sizeof (ut->ut_name)] = ' ';
+  p = strchr (trimmed_name, ' ');
+  if (p != NULL)
+    *p = '\0';
+  return trimmed_name;
+}
+
+/* Read the utmp file FILENAME into *UTMP_BUF, set *N_ENTRIES to the
+   number of entries read, and return zero.  If there is any error,
+   return non-zero and don't modify the parameters.  */
+
+int
+read_utmp (filename, n_entries, utmp_buf)
+  const char *filename;
+  int *n_entries;
+  STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf;
+{
+  FILE *utmp;
+  struct stat file_stats;
+  size_t n_read;
+  size_t size;
+  STRUCT_UTMP *buf;
+
+  utmp = fopen (filename, "r");
+  if (utmp == NULL)
+    return 1;
+
+  fstat (fileno (utmp), &file_stats);
+  size = file_stats.st_size;
+  if (size > 0)
+    buf = (STRUCT_UTMP *) xmalloc (size);
+  else
+    {
+      fclose (utmp);
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* Use < instead of != in case the utmp just grew.  */
+  n_read = fread (buf, 1, size, utmp);
+  if (ferror (utmp) || fclose (utmp) == EOF
+      || n_read < size)
+    return 1;
+
+  *n_entries = size / sizeof (STRUCT_UTMP);
+  *utmp_buf = buf;
+
+  return 0;
+}

lib/readutmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* Declarations for GNU's read utmp module.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by jla; revised by djm */
+
+#ifndef __READUTMP_H__
+# define __READUTMP_H__
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <sys/types.h>
+
+# ifdef HAVE_UTMPX_H
+#  include <utmpx.h>
+#  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmpx
+#  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_tv.tv_sec)
+# else
+#  include <utmp.h>
+#  define UTMP_STRUCT_NAME utmp
+#  define UT_TIME_MEMBER(UT_PTR) ((UT_PTR)->ut_time)
+# endif
+
+typedef struct UTMP_STRUCT_NAME STRUCT_UTMP;
+
+# include <time.h>
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
+#  include <sys/param.h>
+# endif
+
+# include <errno.h>
+# ifndef errno
+extern int errno;
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (UTMP_FILE) && defined (_PATH_UTMP)
+#  define UTMP_FILE _PATH_UTMP
+# endif
+
+# if !defined (WTMP_FILE) && defined (_PATH_WTMP)
+#  define WTMP_FILE _PATH_WTMP
+# endif
+
+# ifdef UTMPX_FILE /* Solaris, SysVr4 */
+#  undef UTMP_FILE
+#  define UTMP_FILE UTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+
+# ifdef WTMPX_FILE /* Solaris, SysVr4 */
+#  undef WTMP_FILE
+#  define WTMP_FILE WTMPX_FILE
+# endif
+
+# ifndef UTMP_FILE
+#  define UTMP_FILE "/etc/utmp"
+# endif
+
+# ifndef WTMP_FILE
+#  define WTMP_FILE "/etc/wtmp"
+# endif
+
+# undef PARAMS
+# if defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+
+extern char *extract_trimmed_name PARAMS ((const STRUCT_UTMP *ut));
+extern int read_utmp PARAMS ((const char *filename,
+			      int *n_entries, STRUCT_UTMP **utmp_buf));
+
+#endif /* __READUTMP_H__ */

lib/regex.h

@@ -1,24 +1,33 @@
 /* Definitions for data structures and routines for the regular
    expression library, version 0.12.
+   Copyright (C) 1985,89,90,91,92,93,95,96,97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   Copyright (C) 1985, 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 95 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the 
+GNU C Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-#ifndef __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
-#define __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
+Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef _REGEX_H
+#define _REGEX_H 1
+
+/* Allow the use in C++ code.  */
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
 
 /* POSIX says that <sys/types.h> must be included (by the caller) before
    <regex.h>.  */
@@ -29,17 +38,23 @@
 #include <stddef.h>
 #endif
 
+/* The following two types have to be signed and unsigned integer type
+   wide enough to hold a value of a pointer.  For most ANSI compilers
+   ptrdiff_t and size_t should be likely OK.  Still size of these two
+   types is 2 for Microsoft C.  Ugh... */
+typedef long int s_reg_t;
+typedef unsigned long int active_reg_t;
 
 /* The following bits are used to determine the regexp syntax we
    recognize.  The set/not-set meanings are chosen so that Emacs syntax
    remains the value 0.  The bits are given in alphabetical order, and
    the definitions shifted by one from the previous bit; thus, when we
    add or remove a bit, only one other definition need change.  */
-typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
+typedef unsigned long int reg_syntax_t;
 
 /* If this bit is not set, then \ inside a bracket expression is literal.
    If set, then such a \ quotes the following character.  */
-#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS (1)
+#define RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS ((unsigned long int) 1)
 
 /* If this bit is not set, then + and ? are operators, and \+ and \? are
      literals.
@@ -134,6 +149,18 @@ typedef unsigned reg_syntax_t;
    without further backtracking.  */
 #define RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING (RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD << 1)
 
+/* If this bit is set, do not process the GNU regex operators.
+   If not set, then the GNU regex operators are recognized. */
+#define RE_NO_GNU_OPS (RE_NO_POSIX_BACKTRACKING << 1)
+
+/* If this bit is set, turn on internal regex debugging.
+   If not set, and debugging was on, turn it off.
+   This only works if regex.c is compiled -DDEBUG.
+   We define this bit always, so that all that's needed to turn on
+   debugging is to recompile regex.c; the calling code can always have
+   this bit set, and it won't affect anything in the normal case. */
+#define RE_DEBUG (RE_NO_GNU_OPS << 1)
+
 /* This global variable defines the particular regexp syntax to use (for
    some interfaces).  When a regexp is compiled, the syntax used is
    stored in the pattern buffer, so changing this does not affect
@@ -147,13 +174,19 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 #define RE_SYNTAX_EMACS 0
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_AWK							\
-  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
-   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS            | RE_NO_BK_REFS				\
-   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR               | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
-   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD)
+  (RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS   | RE_DOT_NOT_NULL			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_PARENS              | RE_NO_BK_REFS			\
+   | RE_NO_BK_VBAR                | RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES			\
+   | RE_DOT_NEWLINE		  | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_ANCHORS		\
+   | RE_UNMATCHED_RIGHT_PAREN_ORD | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
+
+#define RE_SYNTAX_GNU_AWK						\
+  ((RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS | RE_DEBUG)	\
+   & ~(RE_DOT_NOT_NULL | RE_INTERVALS | RE_CONTEXT_INDEP_OPS))
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_AWK 						\
-  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS)
+  (RE_SYNTAX_POSIX_EXTENDED | RE_BACKSLASH_ESCAPE_IN_LISTS		\
+   | RE_INTERVALS	    | RE_NO_GNU_OPS)
 
 #define RE_SYNTAX_GREP							\
   (RE_BK_PLUS_QM              | RE_CHAR_CLASSES				\
@@ -209,7 +242,8 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_syntax_options;
 #ifdef RE_DUP_MAX
 #undef RE_DUP_MAX
 #endif
-#define RE_DUP_MAX ((1 << 15) - 1)
+/* If sizeof(int) == 2, then ((1 << 15) - 1) overflows.  */
+#define RE_DUP_MAX (0x7fff)
 
 
 /* POSIX `cflags' bits (i.e., information for `regcomp').  */
@@ -292,10 +326,10 @@ struct re_pattern_buffer
   unsigned char *buffer;
 
 	/* Number of bytes to which `buffer' points.  */
-  unsigned long allocated;
+  unsigned long int allocated;
 
 	/* Number of bytes actually used in `buffer'.  */
-  unsigned long used;
+  unsigned long int used;
 
         /* Syntax setting with which the pattern was compiled.  */
   reg_syntax_t syntax;
@@ -410,7 +444,7 @@ extern reg_syntax_t re_set_syntax _RE_ARGS ((reg_syntax_t syntax));
    and syntax given by the global `re_syntax_options', into the buffer
    BUFFER.  Return NULL if successful, and an error string if not.  */
 extern const char *re_compile_pattern
-  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, int length,
+  _RE_ARGS ((const char *pattern, size_t length,
              struct re_pattern_buffer *buffer));
 
 
@@ -469,10 +503,12 @@ extern void re_set_registers
              unsigned num_regs, regoff_t *starts, regoff_t *ends));
 
 #ifdef _REGEX_RE_COMP
+#ifndef _CRAY
 /* 4.2 bsd compatibility.  */
 extern char *re_comp _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 #endif
+#endif
 
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
 extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg, const char *pattern, int cflags));
@@ -484,7 +520,12 @@ extern size_t regerror
              size_t errbuf_size));
 extern void regfree _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *preg));
 
-#endif /* not __REGEXP_LIBRARY_H__ */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif	/* C++ */
+
+#endif /* regex.h */
 
 /*
 Local variables:

lib/rpmatch.c

@@ -1,22 +1,22 @@
-/* rpmatch - determine whether string value is affirmation or negative
-	     response according to current locale's data
-Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Determine whether string value is affirmation or negative response
+   according to current locale's data.
+   Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
 
-This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-GNU General Public License for more details.
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#ifdef WITH_REGEX
+#if WITH_REGEX
 # include <regex.h>
 #else
 # include <rx.h>

lib/rx.c

@@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 License along with this software; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-write to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA
-02139, USA.  */
+write to the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* NOTE!!!  AIX is so losing it requires this to be the first thing in the
  * file.

lib/rx.h

@@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
 License along with this software; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-write to the Free Software Foundation, 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA
-02139, USA.  */
+write to the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 /*  t. lord	Wed Sep 23 18:20:57 1992	*/
 
 

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* save-cwd.c -- Save and restore current working directory.
-   Copyright (C) 1995 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <errno.h>
-# ifndef errno
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ save_cwd (cwd)
 	}
 # endif /* __sun__ || sun */
 #else
-#define fchdir(x) (abort (), 0)
+# define fchdir(x) (abort (), 0)
       have_working_fchdir = 0;
 #endif
     }
@@ -152,4 +152,3 @@ free_cwd (cwd)
   if (cwd->name)
     free (cwd->name);
 }
-

lib/strcspn.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -14,11 +14,11 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-/* Return the length of the maximum inital segment of S
+/* Return the length of the maximum initial segment of S
    which contains no characters from REJECT.  */
 int
 strcspn (s, reject)

lib/strftime.c

@@ -1,21 +1,22 @@
 /* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-   NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
-   Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
+Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-   Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
-   later version.
+This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any
+later version.
 
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
+USA.  */
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -139,7 +140,7 @@ extern int __tz_compute __P ((time_t timer, const struct tm *tm));
 # if ! HAVE_LOCALTIME_R
 #  if ! HAVE_TM_GMTOFF
 /* Approximate gmtime_r as best we can in its absence.  */
-#  define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
+#   define gmtime_r my_gmtime_r
 static struct tm *gmtime_r __P ((const time_t *, struct tm *));
 static struct tm *
 gmtime_r (t, tp)
@@ -176,11 +177,12 @@ localtime_r (t, tp)
 /* Some systems lack the `memset' function and we don't want to
    introduce additional dependencies.  */
 static const char spaces[16] = "                ";
+static const char zeroes[16] = "0000000000000000";
 
 # define memset_space(P, Len) \
   do {									      \
     int _len = (Len);							      \
-    									      \
+									      \
     do									      \
       {									      \
 	int _this = _len > 16 ? 16 : _len;				      \
@@ -190,11 +192,26 @@ static const char spaces[16] = "                ";
       }									      \
     while (_len > 0);							      \
   } while (0)
+
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) \
+  do {									      \
+    int _len = (Len);							      \
+									      \
+    do									      \
+      {									      \
+	int _this = _len > 16 ? 16 : _len;				      \
+	memcpy ((P), zeroes, _this);					      \
+	(P) += _this;							      \
+	_len -= _this;							      \
+      }									      \
+    while (_len > 0);							      \
+  } while (0)
 #else
-# define memset_space(P, Len) memset ((P), ' ', (Len))
+# define memset_space(P, Len) (memset ((P), ' ', (Len)), (P) += (Len))
+# define memset_zero(P, Len) (memset ((P), '0', (Len)), (P) += (Len))
 #endif
 
-#define	add(n, f) \
+#define add(n, f)							      \
   do									      \
     {									      \
       int _n = (n);							      \
@@ -205,14 +222,19 @@ static const char spaces[16] = "                ";
       if (p)								      \
 	{								      \
 	  if (_delta > 0)						      \
-	    memset_space (p, _delta);					      \
+	    {								      \
+	      if (pad == '0')						      \
+		memset_zero (p, _delta);				      \
+	      else							      \
+		memset_space (p, _delta);				      \
+	    }								      \
 	  f;								      \
 	  p += _n;							      \
 	}								      \
       i += _incr;							      \
     } while (0)
 
-#define	cpy(n, s) \
+#define cpy(n, s) \
     add ((n),								      \
 	 if (to_lowcase)						      \
 	   memcpy_lowcase (p, (s), _n);					      \
@@ -349,11 +371,11 @@ static char const month_name[][10] =
 # ifdef strftime
 #  undef strftime
 # endif
-# define strftime _strftime_copytm
+# define strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
+  _strftime_copytm (S, Maxsize, Format, Tp)
 #endif
 
 
-
 /* Write information from TP into S according to the format
    string FORMAT, writing no more that MAXSIZE characters
    (including the terminating '\0') and returning number of

lib/strtol.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* strtol - Convert string representation of a number into an integer value.
-   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 94, 95, 96, 97 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C
    Library.  Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
 
@@ -201,7 +201,10 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 #endif
 
   if (base < 0 || base == 1 || base > 36)
-    base = 10;
+    {
+      __set_errno (EINVAL);
+      return 0;
+    }
 
   save = s = nptr;
 
@@ -309,6 +312,8 @@ INTERNAL (strtol) (nptr, endptr, base, group)
 	      ? -((unsigned LONG int) (LONG_MIN + 1)) + 1
 	      : (unsigned LONG int) LONG_MAX))
     overflow = 1;
+#else
+  overflow |= negative;
 #endif
 
   if (overflow)

lib/strverscmp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+/* Compare strings while treating digits characters numerically.
+   Copyright (C) 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
+   Contributed by Jean-Francois Bignolles <bignolle@ecoledoc.ibp.fr>, 1997.
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <ctype.h>
+
+/* states: S_N: normal, S_I: comparing integral part, S_F: comparing
+           Fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
+#define S_N    0x0
+#define S_I    0x4
+#define S_F    0x8
+#define S_Z    0xC
+
+/* result_type: CMP: return diff; LEN: compare using len_diff/diff */
+#define CMP    2
+#define LEN    3
+
+
+/* Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding indices/version numbers,
+   returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is less than,
+   equal to or greater than S2 (for more info, see the texinfo doc).
+*/
+
+int
+strverscmp (s1, s2)
+     const char *s1;
+     const char *s2;
+{
+  const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
+  const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
+  unsigned char c1, c2;
+  int state;
+  int diff;
+
+  /* Symbol(s)    0       [1-9]   others  (padding)
+     Transition   (10) 0  (01) d  (00) x  (11) -   */
+  static const unsigned int next_state[] =
+  {
+      /* state    x    d    0    - */
+      /* S_N */  S_N, S_I, S_Z, S_N,
+      /* S_I */  S_N, S_I, S_I, S_I,
+      /* S_F */  S_N, S_F, S_F, S_F,
+      /* S_Z */  S_N, S_F, S_Z, S_Z
+  };
+
+  static const int result_type[] =
+  {
+      /* state   x/x  x/d  x/0  x/-  d/x  d/d  d/0  d/-
+                 0/x  0/d  0/0  0/-  -/x  -/d  -/0  -/- */
+
+      /* S_N */  CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, LEN, CMP, CMP,
+                 CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP,
+      /* S_I */  CMP, -1,  -1,  CMP, +1,  LEN, LEN, CMP,
+                 +1,  LEN, LEN, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP,
+      /* S_F */  CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, LEN, CMP, CMP,
+                 CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP, CMP,
+      /* S_Z */  CMP, +1,  +1,  CMP, -1,  CMP, CMP, CMP,
+                 -1,  CMP, CMP, CMP
+  };
+
+  if (p1 == p2)
+    return 0;
+
+  c1 = *p1++;
+  c2 = *p2++;
+  /* Hint: '0' is a digit too.  */
+  state = S_N | ((c1 == '0') + (isdigit (c1) != 0));
+
+  while ((diff = c1 - c2) == 0 && c1 != '\0')
+    {
+      state = next_state[state];
+      c1 = *p1++;
+      c2 = *p2++;
+      state |= (c1 == '0') + (isdigit (c1) != 0);
+    }
+
+  state = result_type[state << 2 | ((c2 == '0') + (isdigit (c2) != 0))];
+
+  switch (state)
+    {
+    case CMP:
+      return diff;
+
+    case LEN:
+      while (isdigit (*p1++))
+	if (!isdigit (*p2++))
+	  return 1;
+
+      return isdigit (*p2) ? -1 : diff;
+
+    default:
+      return state;
+    }
+}

lib/strverscmp.h

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+/* strverscmp.h -- compare strings holding indices/version numbers */
+
+#ifndef STRVERSCMP_H_
+# define STRVERSCMP_H_
+
+int strverscmp (const char*, const char*);
+
+#endif /* not STRVERSCMP_H_ */

lib/userspec.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* userspec.c -- Parse a user and group string.
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -16,9 +16,9 @@
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
 /* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#include <config.h>
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifdef __GNUC__
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
 #  include <alloca.h>
 # else
 #  ifdef _AIX
- #pragma alloca
+ #  pragma alloca
 #  else
 char *alloca ();
 #  endif
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ char *alloca ();
 #include <pwd.h>
 #include <grp.h>
 
-#ifdef HAVE_STRING_H
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
@@ -49,11 +49,11 @@ char *alloca ();
 # endif
 #endif
 
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
+#if STDC_HEADERS
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
 # include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ parse_user_spec (spec_arg, uid, gid, username_arg, groupname_arg)
 
 #ifdef TEST
 
-#define NULL_CHECK(s) ((s) == NULL ? "(null)" : (s))
+# define NULL_CHECK(s) ((s) == NULL ? "(null)" : (s))
 
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)

lib/ylwrap

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
-# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>, Aug 11 1996
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,8 +18,9 @@
 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 
 # Usage:
-#     ylwrap PROG [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- [ARGS]...
-# * PROG is program to run.
+#     ylwrap PROGRAM INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- [ARGS]...
+# * PROGRAM is program to run.
+# * INPUT is the input file
 # * OUTPUT is file PROG generates
 # * DESIRED is file we actually want
 # * ARGS are passed to PROG
@@ -28,6 +30,21 @@
 prog="$1"
 shift
 
+# The input.
+input="$1"
+shift
+case "$input" in
+ /*)
+    # Absolute path; do nothing.
+    ;;
+ *)
+    # Relative path.  Make it absolute.  Why?  Because otherwise any
+    # debugging info in the generated file will point to the wrong
+    # place.  This is really gross.
+    input="`pwd`/$input"
+    ;;
+esac
+
 pairlist=
 while test "$#" -ne 0; do
    if test "$1" = "--"; then
@@ -37,26 +54,48 @@ while test "$#" -ne 0; do
    shift
 done
 
-$prog ${1+"$@"} || exit $?
+# FIXME: add hostname here for parallel makes that run commands on
+# other machines.  But that might take us over the 14-char limit.
+dirname=ylwrap$$
+trap "cd `pwd`; rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1" 1 2 3 15
+mkdir $dirname || exit 1
 
-set X $pairlist
-shift
-status=0
-first=yes
-while test "$#" -ne 0; do
-   if test -f "$1"; then
-      mv "$1" "$2" || status=$?
-   else
-      # A missing file is only an error for the first file.  This is a
-      # blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d".  If -d is not
-      # specified, we don't want an error when the header file is
-      # "missing".
-      if test $first = yes; then
-	 status=1
+cd $dirname
+$prog ${1+"$@"} "$input"
+status=$?
+
+if test $status -eq 0; then
+   set X $pairlist
+   shift
+   first=yes
+   while test "$#" -ne 0; do
+      if test -f "$1"; then
+         # If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that,
+         # otherwise prepend `../'.
+         case "$2" in
+	   /*) target="$2";;
+	   *) target="../$2";;
+	 esac
+	 mv "$1" "$target" || status=$?
+      else
+	 # A missing file is only an error for the first file.  This
+	 # is a blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d".  If -d
+	 # is not specified, we don't want an error when the header
+	 # file is "missing".
+	 if test $first = yes; then
+	    status=1
+	 fi
       fi
-   fi
-   shift
-   shift
-   first=no
-done
+      shift
+      shift
+      first=no
+   done
+else
+   status=$?
+fi
+
+# Remove the directory.
+cd ..
+rm -rf $dirname
+
 exit $status

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -4,8 +4,5 @@
 # find . -type f -name '*.m4' -printf '%f\n'|sort |fmt |tr '\012' @ \
 #   |sed 's/@$/%/;s/@/ \\@/g' |tr @% '\012\012'
 EXTRA_DIST = README \
-ccstdc.m4 dmalloc.m4 error.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 \
-gettext.m4 header.m4 init.m4 install.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 \
-jm-winsz2.m4 lcmessage.m4 lispdir.m4 maintainer.m4 memcmp.m4 mktime.m4 \
-obstack.m4 progtest.m4 protos.m4 ptrdiff.m4 regex.m4 sanity.m4 strftime.m4 \
-strtod.m4 termios.m4 uptime.m4 winsz.m4
+chown.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 \
+jm-winsz2.m4 memcmp.m4 putenv.m4 strftime.m4 uptime.m4

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1l from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.2 from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
 
@@ -36,41 +36,75 @@ pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
 
 top_builddir = ..
 
+ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
+AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
+AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
+AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
+
 INSTALL = @INSTALL@
 INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
 INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
 INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
 transform = @program_transform_name@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-PERL = @PERL@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+
+NORMAL_INSTALL = true
+PRE_INSTALL = true
+POST_INSTALL = true
+NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
+PRE_UNINSTALL = true
+POST_UNINSTALL = true
+CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
+CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
 CC = @CC@
+CPP = @CPP@
+DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
+DF_PROG = @DF_PROG@
+GENCAT = @GENCAT@
+GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
+GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
+GT_NO = @GT_NO@
+GT_YES = @GT_YES@
+INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
+INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
+INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
+INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
+LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
+MAINT = @MAINT@
+MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
+MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
+MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
+MVDIR_PROG = @MVDIR_PROG@
+PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
+PERL = @PERL@
+POFILES = @POFILES@
+POSUB = @POSUB@
+RANLIB = @RANLIB@
+U = @U@
+USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
+USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
+VERSION = @VERSION@
+YACC = @YACC@
+l = @l@
 
 EXTRA_DIST = README \
-ccstdc.m4 dmalloc.m4 error.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 \
-gettext.m4 header.m4 init.m4 install.m4 jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 \
-jm-winsz2.m4 lcmessage.m4 lispdir.m4 maintainer.m4 memcmp.m4 mktime.m4 \
-obstack.m4 progtest.m4 protos.m4 ptrdiff.m4 regex.m4 sanity.m4 strftime.m4 \
-strtod.m4 termios.m4 uptime.m4 winsz.m4
+chown.m4 d-ino.m4 getgroups.m4 getline.m4 getloadavg.m4 \
+jm-mktime.m4 jm-winsz1.m4 jm-winsz2.m4 memcmp.m4 putenv.m4 \
+strftime.m4 uptime.m4
 mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
 CONFIG_HEADER = ../config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-DIST_COMMON =  README Makefile.am Makefile.in README
+CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
+DIST_COMMON =  README Makefile.am Makefile.in
 
 
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) \
-	$(TEXINFOS) $(MANS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
+DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
 
 TAR = tar
+GZIP = --best
 default: all
 
 .SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL)
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && automake --gnu m4/Makefile
+$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINT@ Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
+	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits m4/Makefile
 
 Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
 	cd $(top_builddir) \
@@ -83,7 +117,12 @@ TAGS:
 distdir = $(top_builddir)/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 
 subdir = m4
+
 distdir: $(DISTFILES)
+	here=`cd $(top_builddir) && pwd`; \
+	top_distdir=`cd $(top_distdir) && pwd`; \
+	cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && $(AUTOMAKE) --include-deps --build-dir=$$here --srcdir-name=$(top_srcdir) --output-dir=$$top_distdir --gnits m4/Makefile
 	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
 	  d=$(srcdir); \
 	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
@@ -95,21 +134,21 @@ dvi:
 check: all
 	$(MAKE)
 installcheck:
-install-exec:
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+install-exec: 
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
-install-data:
-	$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
+install-data: 
+	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
 
 install: install-exec install-data all
 	@:
 
-uninstall:
+uninstall: 
 
 all: Makefile
 
 install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
+	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' INSTALL_SCRIPT='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM)' install
 installdirs:
 
 
@@ -121,7 +160,7 @@ clean-generic:
 
 distclean-generic:
 	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
+	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h stamp-h[0-9]*
 	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
 
 maintainer-clean-generic:

m4/ccstdc.m4

@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-## ANSIfy the C compiler whenever possible.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard                     ##
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 1
-
-# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
-# @ovindex CC
-# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
-# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so.  This macro tries various
-# options that select ANSI C on some system or another.  It considers the
-# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it defines @code{__STDC__} to 1 and
-# handles function prototypes correctly.
-#
-# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
-# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
-# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.  If you wrote your source
-# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
-# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
-# @end defmac
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
-ac_save_CC="$CC"
-# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
-# breaks some systems' header files.
-# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
-# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
-# HP-UX			-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
-for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-[#if !defined(__STDC__) || __STDC__ != 1
-choke me
-#endif
-/* DYNIX/ptx V4.1.3 can't compile sys/stat.h with -Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__. */
-#ifdef _SEQUENT_
-# include <sys/types.h>
-# include <sys/stat.h>
-#endif
-], [
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};],
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
-done
-CC="$ac_save_CC"
-])
-AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
-case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
-  x|xno) ;;
-  *) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
-esac
-])

m4/chown.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl  /* Define to rpl_chown if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl  #undef chown
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_CHOWN,
+[AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UID_T])dnl
+ test -z "$ac_cv_header_unistd_h" \
+   && AC_CHECK_HEADERS(unistd.h)
+ AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working chown], jm_cv_func_working_chown,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([
+#   include <sys/types.h>
+#   include <fcntl.h>
+#   ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
+#    include <unistd.h>
+#   endif
+
+    int
+    main ()
+    {
+      char *f = "conftestchown";
+      if (creat (f, 0600) < 0)
+        exit (1);
+      exit (chown (f, (gid_t) -1, (uid_t) -1) == -1 ? 1 : 0);
+    }
+	      ],
+	     jm_cv_func_working_chown=yes,
+	     jm_cv_func_working_chown=no,
+	     dnl When crosscompiling, assume chown is broken.
+	     jm_cv_func_working_chown=no)
+  ])
+  if test $jm_cv_func_working_chown = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS chown.o"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(chown, rpl_chown)
+  fi
+])

m4/d-ino.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl
+dnl Check whether struct dirent has a member named d_ino.
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_INO,
+  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_DIRENT])dnl
+   AC_CACHE_CHECK([for d_ino member in directory struct],
+		  jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino,
+     [AC_TRY_LINK(dnl
+       [
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#ifdef HAVE_DIRENT_H
+# include <dirent.h>
+#else /* not HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+# define dirent direct
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
+#  include <sys/ndir.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H */
+# ifdef HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
+#  include <sys/dir.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_SYS_DIR_H */
+# ifdef HAVE_NDIR_H
+#  include <ndir.h>
+# endif /* HAVE_NDIR_H */
+#endif /* HAVE_DIRENT_H */
+       ],
+       [struct dirent dp; dp.d_ino = 0;],
+
+       jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino=yes,
+       jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino=no)
+     ]
+   )
+   if test $jm_cv_struct_dirent_d_ino = yes; then
+     AC_DEFINE(D_INO_IN_DIRENT)
+   fi
+  ]
+)

m4/dmalloc.m4

@@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
-## ----------------------------------- ##
-## Check if --with-dmalloc was given.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard               ##
-## ----------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_DMALLOC,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if malloc debugging is wanted)
-AC_ARG_WITH(dmalloc,
-[  --with-dmalloc          use dmalloc, as in
-                          ftp://ftp.letters.com/src/dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz],
-[if test "$withval" = yes; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-  AC_DEFINE(WITH_DMALLOC)
-  LIBS="$LIBS -ldmalloc"
-  LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS -g"
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi], [AC_MSG_RESULT(no)])
-])

m4/error.m4

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-dnl From Jim Meyering.  Use this if you use the GNU error.[ch].
-dnl FIXME: Migrate into libit
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for error_at_line], am_cv_lib_error_at_line,
- [AC_TRY_LINK([],[error_at_line(0, 0, "", 0, "");],
-              am_cv_lib_error_at_line=yes,
-	      am_cv_lib_error_at_line=no)])
- if test $am_cv_lib_error_at_line = no; then
-   LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS error.o"
- fi
- AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
-])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -1,286 +0,0 @@
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
-        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
-	nls_cv_header_intl=
-	nls_cv_header_libgt=
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
-	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
-		 [AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
-	   fi
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
-	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
-	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
-		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-		   DATADIRNAME=share],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
-		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
-		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
-	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
-	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
-	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
-	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
-	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
-	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
-	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
-	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
-	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
-	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-		 fi
-		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
-		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-		 DATADIRNAME=lib
-		 INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
-		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-	       fi])
-	  fi
-        fi
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-        DATADIRNAME=share
-	INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
-	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-      fi
-
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    else
-      DATADIRNAME=share
-      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-    fi
-
-    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      USE_NLS=yes
-      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-  ])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h values.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
-     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
-   fi
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
-   fi
-
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_WITH_NLS
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
-          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
-         esac
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
-   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
-   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
-   test -d intl || mkdir intl
-   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
-     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
-     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
-     dnl cannot handle comments.
-     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
-   fi
-   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
-   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
-     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
-   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
-   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
-   dnl packages.
-   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
-     GT_NO="#NO#"
-     GT_YES=
-   else
-     GT_NO=
-     GT_YES="#YES#"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
-   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test $ac_aux_dir; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z $MKINSTALLDIRS; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
-   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
-   test -d po || mkdir po
-   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
-     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
-       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
-     else
-       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
-     fi
-   else
-     posrcprefix="../"
-   fi
-   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
-	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
-  ])

m4/header.m4

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# Like AC_CONFIG_HEADER, but automatically create stamp file.
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_CONFIG_HEADER,
-[AC_PREREQ([2.12])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADER([$1])
-dnl When config.status generates a header, we must update the stamp-h file.
-dnl This file resides in the same directory as the config header
-dnl that is generated.  We must strip everything past the first ":",
-dnl and everything past the last "/".
-AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-test -z "<<$>>CONFIG_HEADERS" || echo timestamp > patsubst(<<$1>>, <<^\([^:]*/\)?.*>>, <<\1>>)stamp-h<<>>dnl
-changequote([,]))])

m4/init.m4

@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-# Do all the work for Automake.  This macro actually does too much --
-# some checks are only needed if your package does certain things.
-# But this isn't really a big deal.
-
-# serial 1
-
-dnl Usage:
-dnl AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE(package,version)
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_INSTALL])
-PACKAGE=[$1]
-AC_SUBST(PACKAGE)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PACKAGE, "$PACKAGE")
-VERSION=[$2]
-AC_SUBST(VERSION)
-AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(VERSION, "$VERSION")
-AM_SANITY_CHECK
-AC_ARG_PROGRAM
-AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])

m4/install.m4

@@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
-## --------------------------------------------------------- ##
-## Use AC_PROG_INSTALL, supplementing it with INSTALL_SCRIPT ##
-## substitution.                                             ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard                                     ##
-## --------------------------------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_INSTALL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])
-test -z "$INSTALL_SCRIPT" && INSTALL_SCRIPT='${INSTALL_PROGRAM}'
-AC_SUBST(INSTALL_SCRIPT)dnl
-])

m4/lcmessage.m4

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
-  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
-    fi
-  fi])

m4/lispdir.m4

@@ -1,38 +0,0 @@
-## ------------------------
-## Emacs LISP file handling
-## From Ulrich Drepper
-## ------------------------
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_LISPDIR,
- [# If set to t, that means we are running in a shell under Emacs.
-  # If you have an Emacs named "t", then use the full path.
-  test "$EMACS" = t && EMACS=
-  AC_PATH_PROG(EMACS, emacs xemacs, no)
-  if test $EMACS != "no"; then
-    AC_MSG_CHECKING([where .elc files should go])
-    dnl Set default value
-    lispdir="\$(datadir)/emacs/site-lisp"
-    if test "x$prefix" = "xNONE"; then
-      if test -d $ac_default_prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then
-	lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp"
-      else
-	if test -d $ac_default_prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then
-	  lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp"
-	fi
-      fi
-    else
-      if test -d $prefix/share/emacs/site-lisp; then
-	lispdir="\$(prefix)/share/emacs/site-lisp"
-      else
-	if test -d $prefix/lib/emacs/site-lisp; then
-	  lispdir="\$(prefix)/lib/emacs/site-lisp"
-	fi
-      fi
-    fi
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($lispdir)
-    ELCFILES="\$(ELCFILES)"
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(lispdir)
-  AC_SUBST(ELCFILES)])

m4/maintainer.m4

@@ -1,22 +0,0 @@
-# Add --enable-maintainer-mode option to configure.
-# From Jim Meyering
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_MAINTAINER_MODE,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to enable maintainer-specific portions of Makefiles])
-  dnl maintainer-mode is disabled by default
-  AC_ARG_ENABLE(maintainer-mode,
-[  --enable-maintainer-mode enable make rules and dependencies not useful
-                          (and sometimes confusing) to the casual installer],
-      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=$enableval,
-      USE_MAINTAINER_MODE=no)
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_MAINTAINER_MODE)
-  if test $USE_MAINTAINER_MODE = yes; then
-    MAINT=
-  else
-    MAINT='#M#'
-  fi
-  AC_SUBST(MAINT)dnl
-]
-)

m4/mktime.m4

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-#serial 2
-
-dnl From Jim Meyering.
-dnl FIXME: this should migrate into libit.
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_MKTIME,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_TIME])dnl
- AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/time.h)
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working mktime], am_cv_func_working_mktime,
-  [AC_TRY_RUN(
-changequote(<<, >>)dnl
-<</* Test program from Paul Eggert (eggert@twinsun.com)
-   and Tony Leneis (tony@plaza.ds.adp.com).  */
-#if TIME_WITH_SYS_TIME
-# include <sys/time.h>
-# include <time.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-#  include <sys/time.h>
-# else
-#  include <time.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-static time_t time_t_max;
-
-/* Values we'll use to set the TZ environment variable.  */
-static const char *const tz_strings[] = {
-  NULL, "GMT0", "JST-9", "EST+3EDT+2,M10.1.0/00:00:00,M2.3.0/00:00:00"
-};
-#define N_STRINGS (sizeof (tz_strings) / sizeof (tz_strings[0]))
-
-static void
-mktime_test (now)
-     time_t now;
-{
-  if (mktime (localtime (&now)) != now)
-    exit (1);
-  now = time_t_max - now;
-  if (mktime (localtime (&now)) != now)
-    exit (1);
-}
-
-int
-main ()
-{
-  time_t t, delta;
-  int i;
-
-  for (time_t_max = 1; 0 < time_t_max; time_t_max *= 2)
-    continue;
-  time_t_max--;
-  delta = time_t_max / 997; /* a suitable prime number */
-  for (i = 0; i < N_STRINGS; i++)
-    {
-      if (tz_strings[i])
-	putenv (tz_strings[i]);
-
-      for (t = 0; t <= time_t_max - delta; t += delta)
-	mktime_test (t);
-      mktime_test ((time_t) 60 * 60);
-      mktime_test ((time_t) 60 * 60 * 24);
-    }
-  exit (0);
-}
-	      >>,
-changequote([, ])dnl
-	     am_cv_func_working_mktime=yes, am_cv_func_working_mktime=no,
-	     dnl When crosscompiling, assume mktime is missing or broken.
-	     am_cv_func_working_mktime=no)
-  ])
-  if test $am_cv_func_working_mktime = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS mktime.o"
-  fi
-])

m4/obstack.m4

@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-dnl From Jim Meyering.
-dnl FIXME: migrate into libit.
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_OBSTACK,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for obstacks], am_cv_func_obstack,
- [AC_TRY_LINK([#include "obstack.h"],
-	      [struct obstack *mem;obstack_free(mem,(char *) 0)],
-	      am_cv_func_obstack=yes,
-	      am_cv_func_obstack=no)])
- if test $am_cv_func_obstack = yes; then
-   AC_DEFINE(HAVE_OBSTACK)
- else
-   LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS obstack.o"
- fi
-])

m4/progtest.m4

@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-# serial 1
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test -n "[$]$1"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])

m4/protos.m4

@@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
-## ------------------------------- ##
-## Check for function prototypes.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard           ##
-## ------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_C_PROTOTYPES,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_CC_STDC])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for function prototypes])
-if test "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" != no; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-  AC_DEFINE(PROTOTYPES)
-  U= ANSI2KNR=
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-  U=_ ANSI2KNR=./ansi2knr
-  # Ensure some checks needed by ansi2knr itself.
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
-fi
-AC_SUBST(U)dnl
-AC_SUBST(ANSI2KNR)dnl
-])

m4/ptrdiff.m4

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-# From Ulrich Drepper.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_TYPE_PTRDIFF_T,
-  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for ptrdiff_t], am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t,
-     [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>], [ptrdiff_t p],
-		     am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=yes, am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t=no)])
-   if test $am_cv_type_ptrdiff_t = yes; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_PTRDIFF_T)
-   fi
-])

m4/putenv.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+#serial 1
+
+dnl From Jim Meyering.
+dnl
+dnl Check whether putenv ("FOO") removes FOO from the environment.
+dnl The putenv in libc on at least SunOS 4.1.4 does *not* do that.
+dnl
+dnl If you use this macro in a package, you should
+dnl add the following two lines to acconfig.h:
+dnl  /* Define to rpl_putenv if the replacement function should be used.  */
+dnl  #undef putenv
+dnl
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_FUNC_PUTENV,
+[AC_CACHE_CHECK([for SVID conformant putenv], jm_cv_func_svid_putenv,
+  [AC_TRY_RUN([
+    int
+    main ()
+    {
+      /* Put it in env.  */
+      if (putenv ("CONFTEST_putenv=val"))
+        exit (1);
+
+      /* Try to remove it.  */
+      if (putenv ("CONFTEST_putenv"))
+        exit (1);
+
+      /* Make sure it was deleted.  */
+      if (getenv ("CONFTEST_putenv") != 0)
+        exit (1);
+
+      exit (0);
+    }
+	      ],
+	     jm_cv_func_svid_putenv=yes,
+	     jm_cv_func_svid_putenv=no,
+	     dnl When crosscompiling, assume putenv is broken.
+	     jm_cv_func_svid_putenv=no)
+  ])
+  if test $jm_cv_func_svid_putenv = no; then
+    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS putenv.o"
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(putenv, rpl_putenv)
+  fi
+])

m4/regex.m4

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-## --------------------------------- ##
-## Check if --with-regex was given.  ##
-## --------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 1
-
-# The idea is to distribute rx.[hc] and regex.[hc] together, for a while.
-# The WITH_REGEX symbol (which should also be documented in acconfig.h)
-# is used to decide which of regex.h or rx.h should be included in the
-# application.  If `./configure --with-regex' is given (the default), the
-# package will use gawk's regex.  If `./configure --without-regex', a
-# check is made to see if rx is already installed, as with newer Linux'es.
-# If not found, the package will use the rx from the distribution.
-# If found, the package will use the system's rx which, on Linux at least,
-# will result in a smaller executable file.
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_REGEX,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(which of GNU rx or gawk's regex is wanted)
-AC_ARG_WITH(regex,
-[  --without-regex         use GNU rx in lieu of gawk's regex for matching],
-[test "$withval" = yes && am_with_regex=1],
-[am_with_regex=1])
-if test -n "$am_with_regex"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(regex)
-  AC_DEFINE(WITH_REGEX)
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU regex in libc], am_cv_gnu_regex,
-    AC_TRY_LINK([], [extern int re_max_failures; re_max_failures = 1],
-		am_cv_gnu_regex=yes, am_cv_gnu_regex=no))
-  if test $am_cv_gnu_regex = no; then
-    LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS regex.o"
-  fi
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(rx)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNC(re_rx_search, , [LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS rx.o"])
-fi
-AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
-])

m4/sanity.m4

@@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Check to make sure that the build environment is sane.
-#
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_SANITY_CHECK,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether build environment is sane])
-echo timestamp > conftestfile
-# Do this in a subshell so we don't clobber the current shell's
-# arguments.  FIXME: maybe try `-L' hack like GETLOADAVG test?
-if (set X `ls -t $srcdir/configure conftestfile`; test "[$]2" = conftestfile)
-then
-   # Ok.
-   :
-else
-   AC_MSG_ERROR([newly created file is older than distributed files!
-Check your system clock])
-fi
-rm -f conftest*
-AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)])

m4/strtod.m4

@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-## Copyright (C) 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-## any later version.
-
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-## GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-## 02111-1307, USA.
-
-## From Jim Meyering.
-
-## serial 1
-
-## @defmac AC_FUNC_STRTOD
-## @maindex FUNC_STRTOD
-## @ovindex LIBOBJS
-## If the @code{strtod} function is not available, or does not work
-## correctly (like the one on SunOS 5.4), add @samp{strtod.o} to output
-## variable @code{LIBOBJS}.
-## @end defmac
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_FUNC_STRTOD,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working strtod, am_cv_func_strtod,
-[AC_TRY_RUN([
-double strtod ();
-int
-main()
-{
-  {
-    /* Some versions of Linux strtod mis-parse strings with leading '+'.  */
-    char *string = " +69";
-    char *term;
-    double value;
-    value = strtod (string, &term);
-    if (value != 69 || term != (string + 4))
-      exit (1);
-  }
-
-  {
-    /* Under Solaris 2.4, strtod returns the wrong value for the
-       terminating character under some conditions.  */
-    char *string = "NaN";
-    char *term;
-    strtod (string, &term);
-    if (term != string && *(term - 1) == 0)
-      exit (1);
-  }
-  exit (0);
-}
-], am_cv_func_strtod=yes, am_cv_func_strtod=no, am_cv_func_strtod=no)])
-test $am_cv_func_strtod = no && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS strtod.o"
-AC_SUBST(LIBOBJS)dnl
-am_cv_func_strtod_needs_libm=no
-if test $am_cv_func_strtod = no; then
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(pow)
-  if test $ac_cv_func_pow = no; then
-    AC_CHECK_LIB(m, pow, [am_cv_func_strtod_needs_libm=yes],
-		 [AC_MSG_WARN(can't find library containing definition of pow)])
-  fi
-fi
-])

m4/termios.m4

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-dnl From Jim Meyering.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK([POSIX termios], am_cv_sys_posix_termios,
-  [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <unistd.h>
-#include <termios.h>],
-  [/* SunOS 4.0.3 has termios.h but not the library calls.  */
-   tcgetattr(0, 0);],
-  am_cv_sys_posix_termios=yes,
-  am_cv_sys_posix_termios=no)])
-])

m4/winsz.m4

@@ -1,35 +0,0 @@
-dnl From Jim Meyering.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_HEADER_TIOCGWINSZ_NEEDS_SYS_IOCTL,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AM_SYS_POSIX_TERMIOS])
- AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether use of TIOCGWINSZ requires sys/ioctl.h],
-	        am_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h,
-  [am_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h=no
-
-  gwinsz_in_termios_h=no
-  if test $am_cv_sys_posix_termios = yes; then
-    AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#     include <termios.h>
-#     ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
-        yes
-#     endif
-    ], gwinsz_in_termios_h=yes)
-  fi
-
-  if test $gwinsz_in_termios_h = no; then
-    AC_EGREP_CPP([yes],
-    [#include <sys/types.h>
-#     include <sys/ioctl.h>
-#     ifdef TIOCGWINSZ
-        yes
-#     endif
-    ], am_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h=yes)
-  fi
-  ])
-  if test $am_cv_sys_tiocgwinsz_needs_sys_ioctl_h = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(GWINSZ_IN_SYS_IOCTL)
-  fi
-])

old/fileutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,387 @@
+1997-07-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Remove tests/ls/Makefile.
+	Add tests/cp/Makefile and tests/mkdir/Makefile.
+
+	* lib/modechange.c (mode_create_from_ref): Don't use umask.
+	Don't use MODE_X_IF_ANY_X.
+
+	* src/install.c (main): New option --preserve-timestamps (-p).
+	(install_file_in_file): Preserve timestamps if requested.
+	(change_timestamps): New function.
+	(usage): Describe --preserve-timestamps.
+	Correct --mode description.
+	From Galen Hazelwood.
+
+	* src/install.c: Declare pointer parameters const as appropriate.
+
+1997-07-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove explicit mention of texinfo.texi.
+	Now, automake includes it automatically.
+
+1997-07-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/mkdir: New directory and associated files.
+	* tests/cp: New directory and associated files.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add cp and mkdir.
+
+	* lib/makepath.c (make_path): Chdir to `/' before starting if necessary.
+	Call save_cwd before while loop rather than from first iteration
+	inside it.
+
+	* lib/strverscmp.c (strverscmp): Add `parenentheses around arithmetic
+	in operand of |' as suggested by gcc -Wall.
+
+1997-07-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/idcache.c (getuidbyname): Declare parameter to be const.
+	(getgidbyname): Declare parameter to be const.
+
+1997-07-06 Jean-François Bignolles <bignolle@ecoledoc.ibp.fr>
+
+	* lib/modechange.h (mode_create_from_ref): Add prototype.
+	(MODE_MASK_ALL): New define.
+	(MODE_BAD_REFERENCE): New define.
+	* lib/modechange.c (mode_create_from_ref): New function.
+	* lib/strverscmp.c: New file.
+	* lib/strverscmp.h: New file.
+	* lib/Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add strverscmp.h.
+
+	* configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add strverscmp.
+
+	* src/ls.c: Add new option: --sort=version (-v).
+	* src/chgrp.c: Add new option: --reference=FILE.
+	* src/chown.c: Add new option: --reference=FILE.
+	* src/chmod.c: Add new option: --reference=FILE.
+
+1997-07-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/idcache.c (getuser): Return NULL (rather than stringified uid)
+	upon lookup failure.
+	(getgroup): Likewise.
+	(getuidbyname) [NOT_USED]: #ifdef-out unused function.
+	(getgidbyname) [NOT_USED]: #ifdef-out unused function.
+	Suggested by François Pinard.
+	* src/ls.c (print_long_format): Reflect changes in semantics of
+	getuser, getgroup.
+
+1997-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Makefile.am (aclocal-files): Look in source directory, not build dir.
+	From Andreas Schwab.
+
+1997-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/mv.c (apply_attributes): New function.
+	(copy_reg): Use apply_attributes instead of open-coding the pieces.
+	Now, failure to preserve file attributes does not cause mv to change
+	its exit status, and such failures elicit warning diagnostics.  This
+	behavior is required by POSIX.  Before, failure to preserve ownership
+	due to insufficient access was diagnosed only for root.
+	Prompted by a report from Bengt Martensson.
+
+Tue Jul  1 06:42:17 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/makepath.c (make_path): Reorder stat-then-mkdir-if-missing
+	calls so that mkdir is called first.  Before make_path would first
+	`stat' a directory, then call mkdir if it didn't exist.  But if
+	some other process created the directory between the stat & mkdir,
+	the mkdir would fail with EEXIST.  Diagnosis and suggestion from
+	Greg McGary.
+
+Sun Jun 29 17:19:30 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/dd.c (copy): Add FIXME comment.
+
+	* src/mv.c (copy_reg): New parameter, SOURCE_STATS.
+	(do_move): Update caller.
+
+Sun Jun 22 08:32:46 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	Use variable width columns when printing in multi-column mode.
+	* src/ls.c: (init_col_info): New function.
+	(print_current_files): Call init_col_info if format is
+	`many_per_line' or `horizontal'.
+	(print_many_per_line): Calculate and apply optimum column widths.
+	(print_horizontal): Likewise.
+	From Ulrich Drepper.
+
+	* src/mv.c (movefile): Take new boolean parameter, DEST_IS_DIR,
+	to save a stat per moved file when the destination is a directory.
+	(main): Call movefile with additional argument.
+	(strip_trailing_slashes_2): New function.
+	(movefile): Remove trailing slashes from dest.  Otherwise, stat ("b/")
+	fails with ENOTDIR on systems including Linux w/libc 2.0.30.
+	Reproduce with `rm -rf a b; mkdir a; touch b; ./mv a b/'.
+	(do_move): Fix misleading comment.
+
+Sat Jun 21 21:26:57 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* configure.in: Remove now-unused definitions of LN, MV, RM.
+
+Sun Jun 15 07:04:29 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/full-write.c (full_write): Add comment regarding failure due
+	to bug in Linux Slackware 1.2.13 kernel.
+
+	* lib/makepath.c: Rewrite using save-cwd.c and chdir to remove
+	quadratic component of complexity.  Before, it processed O(n^2)
+	directory name components via stat and mkdir.  Now it's O(n).
+	This makes mkdir -p a lot more efficient when creating directories
+	with very many components.  On a Linux 2.0.30 ext2fs filesystem
+	this command: mkdir -p `perl -e 'print "a/" x 500'`  now runs in
+	0.77 seconds (user+sys).  Contrast that with the 9.5(!) seconds
+	it took before.
+
+Sat Jun 14 11:40:17 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* man/Makefile.am: (EXTRA_DIST): Put man_MANS here so they are
+	distributed.  This is necessary for automake-1.1p.
+
+Tue Jun  3 15:00:00 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/fileblocks.c [HAVE_UNISTD_H]: Include unistd.h.
+	John Gatewood Ham reported that this is necessary for DJGPP/Win95.
+
+Wed May 28 06:35:56 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/mountlist.c (read_filesystem_list): Add `|| defined (__OpenBSD__)'
+	to the NetBSD #if so OpenBSD also uses the f_fstypename member.
+	(fstype_to_string): Add `&& !defined (__OpenBSD__)' to the NetBSD #if
+	expression to exclude this function definition.  OpenBSD 2.1 beta
+	doesn't need it.  Patch from Hugh Daniel <hugh@ecotone.xanadu.com>
+
+Tue May 27 04:35:17 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/cp.c: Use base_name, not basename.
+	* src/dircolors.c: Likewise.
+	* src/install.c: Likewise.
+	* src/ln.c: Likewise.
+	* src/mv.c: Likewise.
+	* src/mvdir.c: Likewise.
+	* src/rm.c: Likewise.
+
+	* configure.in: Add AC_SYS_LONG_FILE_NAMES.
+	Check for pathconf.
+	Don't replace basename.  Now we use only base_name.
+	Clean up kludge that worked around a bug (now-fixed) in automake.
+
+	* lib/argmatch.h Change dcl of program_name so it doesn't conflict
+	with the ubiquitous char* one.
+
+	* lib/addext.c: New file.
+	* lib/Makefile.am (libfu_a_SOURCES): Add addext.c.
+	Remove getversion.c;  get_version is now in backupfile.c.
+	Add basename.c since it's no longer replacible.
+
+	* lib/getopt.c: Update from glibc via patch-2.2.93.
+	* lib/getopt1.c: Likewise.
+	* lib/getopt.h: Likewise.
+	* lib/argmatch.h: Update from FSF via patch-2.2.93.
+	* lib/argmatch.c: Likewise.
+	* lib/backupfile.c: Likewise.
+	* lib/backupfile.h: Likewise.
+	* lib/basename.c: Likewise.
+
+Sun May 25 09:21:01 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/copy.c (copy_internal): When preserving symlinks
+	(--no-dereference) and the destination file is a symlink,
+	use stat (not xstat) to see if it points back to the source.
+	Reported by James <james@albion.glarp.com>.
+
+	* src/du.c: Remove global variable opt_human_readable.
+	(enum Output_units): Rename from output_size.
+	Rename size_* to Unit_*.
+	Add Unit_variable to correspond to --human-readable.
+	(convert_blocks): Remove now-unused definition.
+	(human_readable): Rename paramater n_bytes to n_blocks.
+	Adjust conversions to reflect fact that input is now number of
+	512-byte blocks, not bytes.
+	(print_size): New function.
+	(du_files): Use print_size instead of open coding it.
+	(count_entry): Always count in units of 512-byte blocks to delay.
+	This lets du accumulate totals corresponding to a terabyte before
+	overflowing 32-bit long int.
+	Use print_size instead of open coding it.
+
+	Tue Feb  4 11:58:49 1997  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* src/du.c (convert_blocks): Remove now-unnecessary #undef.
+	(du_files): Pass output_size unchanged to convert_blocks.  No need
+	to test output_size for size_bytes, convert_blocks handles that
+	correctly.
+	(count_entry): Likewise.
+
+	* src/system.h (convert_blocks): Remove definition.
+	* src/ls.c (convert_blocks): Add definition.
+
+Sun May 25 09:11:17 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/du.c [AIX]: Remove unused #pragma alloca.
+
+Sat May 24 09:20:12 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/rmdir.c: New options: --ignore-fail-on-non-empty and --verbose.
+	(remove_parents): Implement new options.
+	(main): Likewise.
+
+	* lib/mountlist.c (read_filesystem_list): Show automount-related
+	duplicate filesystems only when --all specified.  With suggestions
+	from Stuart Kemp.  Also indent cpp directives.
+
+	* configure.in (AC_CHECK_FUNCS): Add hasmntopt.
+	(AC_CHECK_HEADERS): Add sys/mntent.h.
+	(ALL_LINGUAS): Add Czech (cs).
+
+Wed Mar 26 23:43:57 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/du.c (main): Implement new --max-depth=N option.
+	Based on the idea and a patch from Torbjorn Lindgren.
+	(du_files): Likewise.
+	(count_entry): Likewise.
+
+Sat Mar 22 20:29:10 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* missing: New file -- from the automake-1.1m distribution.
+
+Fri Mar 21 23:58:12 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require automake-1.1l.
+	(aclocal.m4): Use aclocal's new -I option.
+
+Thu Mar 13 21:27:36 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/mktime.c: (TIME_T_MIN): Work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+
+Wed Mar 12 23:11:11 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/chgrp.c (change_file_group): Use uid of -1 to indicate
+	we don't want to change the file's user ID.
+
+	* m4/gettext.m4: Update from gettext-0.10.27.
+
+	* acconfig.h (chown): Add #undef.
+
+	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add ko.
+	Use jm_FUNC_CHOWN.
+	* m4/chown.m4: New file.
+	* m4/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add chown.m4.
+	* lib/chown.c: New file.
+	* lib/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add chown.c.
+
+Sun Mar  9 22:46:41 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/ls.c (decode_switches): Ignore value of COLUMNS envionment
+	variable when it is the empty string.  Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+	This makes it easier on people using shells (which?) with which it
+	is not easy to unset environment variables.
+
+Wed Feb 26 23:46:39 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/getdate.y: (tYEAR_UNIT): Increase yyRelYear by $1, not just by 1.
+	From Andreas Schwab.
+
+	* src/copy.c (copy_internal): When there is any potential for
+	ambiguity in a diagnostic, give explanatory diagnostic in addition
+	to file name.
+	* src/cp.c (re_protect): Likewise.
+
+Sat Feb 22 14:10:25 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/getdate.y
+	(tMONTH_UNIT): Increase yyRelMonth by $1, not just by 1.
+	(tDAY_UNIT): Likewise for yyRelDay.
+	(tHOUR_UNIT): Likewise for yyRelHour.
+	(tMINUTE_UNIT): Likewise for yyRelMinutes.
+	(tSEC_UNIT): Likewise for yyRelSeconds.
+	Matthew S. Levine reported that touch -d yesterday didn't work.
+
+Thu Feb 20 20:16:59 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/mktime.c: Update from libc.
+	* lib/strtol.c: Update from libc.
+
+Wed Feb 19 22:06:32 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/ls.c (main): Remove trailing slashes from command line arguments.
+	Otherwise, running `mkdir x; chmod 644 x; ls -d x/' (note the trailing
+	slash) makes ls fail with permission denied on at least Linux 1.2.13
+	and 2.0.14 systems.
+
+Wed Feb  5 21:54:17 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/ls.c (quote_filename): Allocate two more bytes (for quotes)
+	when using --quote-name (-Q).
+	Feb 2 change wasn't complete.  Patch from Mark Harris.
+
+Mon Feb  3 21:49:55 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* po/POTFILES.in: Add copy.c and cp-hash.c.  Remove cp-aux.c.
+
+Sun Feb  2 09:40:37 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/system.h [__GNUC__]: Don't define alloca to __builtin_alloca.
+
+	* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add tests.
+
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/Makefile and tests/ls/Makefile.
+	* tests: New directory.
+	* tests/ls: New directory.
+
+	* src/ls.c (quote_filename): Don't backslash-escape double quotes.
+	This fixes a problem whereby columns weren't aligned when some files
+	contained double quote characters and ls's --escape (-b) option was
+	used.  Reported by Mark Harris.
+
+	* src/cp-hash.c (struct entry): Move dcl to this file from cp.h.
+	(struct htab): Likewise.
+	No longer include cp.h.  Instead, include the things it used to
+	include.
+	(hash_insert2): Make function static.  Move this function to precede
+	the sole function from which it is called.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add copy.h, cp-hash.h.
+	Remove cp.h.
+	(EXTRA_DIST): Remove cp-aux.c and cp-hash.c.
+	(cp_SOURCES): Remove cp-aux.c.  Add cp-hash.c.
+	* src/cp-aux.c: Remove file.
+	* src/cp.h: Remove file.
+
+	* src/du.c (hash_insert2): Rename local HTAB to HT to avoid shadowing
+	global.
+
+	* src/dircolors.c [obstack_chunk_alloc]: Define to malloc, not xmalloc
+	to work better with new obstack functions.
+	* src/ls.c (obstack_chunk_alloc): Likewise.
+
+	* src/df.c (main): Rename local I to C to avoid shadowing and to
+	be more consistent.  Declare I in inner scopes.
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (POTFILES): Redirect to an intermediate file
+	and write-protect POTFILES.
+
+Fri Jan 31 21:13:04 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/chown.c (usage): Make the parenthetical note on --no-dereference
+	a little more general.
+
+	* src/*.c: Compare getopt_long return value against -1, not EOF.
+	Use NULL, not `(int *) 0' as last parameter in getopt_long call.
+	(usage): Bracket bug-reporting address with <> and append a period.
+
+1997-01-27  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+        * src/ls.c (print_long_format): Fix off-by-one problem in size
+        being passed to strftime.
+
+Sun Jan 26 20:17:50 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Version 3.16.
+
+	* acconfig.h (strftime): Add #undef.  From Marcus Daniels.
+
 Sat Jan 25 00:34:39 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 
 	* src/du.c (count_entry): Fix blatant bug (typo?) that made
@@ -5037,7 +5421,5 @@ Mon Feb  5 17:29:20 1990  David J. MacKenzie  (djm at albert.ai.mit.edu)
 	* Version 1.0 released.
 
 Local Variables:
-mode: indented-text
-left-margin: 8
 version-control: never
 End:

old/fileutils/NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,15 @@
+Changes in release 3.17:
+[3.16a]
+* install accepts new option, --preserver-timestamps
+* du --megabytes --total now shows total in megabytes
+* touch -d DATE now works on Unicos
+* du accepts new option --max-depth=N
+* rmdir accepts new options: --ignore-fail-on-non-empty and --verbose
+* du now overflows its accumulator for 1 terabyte directories, not 2GB.
+* df now works with OpenBSD 2.1 beta
+* cp -d FILE SYMLINK-TO-FILE doesn't erase FILE.  Now it gives an error.
+
 Changes in release 3.16:
-[3.15a]
 * du --megabytes (-m) works
 * ls -l works even on systems with non-POSIX strftime in their C library
 

old/sh-utils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,321 @@
+1997-08-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Add pinky.
+
+	* src/pinky.c: New file.  From Kaveh Ghazi.
+
+1997-07-19  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de>
+
+	* src/date.c (show_date): Don't hang if strftime produces an empty
+	string.
+
+1997-07-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/groups.sh: Exit with status from subsidiary `id' command.
+	Don't print `$name : $groups' if id fails.
+	Reported by Austin Donnelly.
+
+1997-07-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/getloadavg.c: Merge in changes from FSF.
+
+1997-07-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove explicit mention of texinfo.texi.
+	Now, automake includes it automatically.
+
+1997-07-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (DISTFILES): Remove ChangeLog.
+	* po/POTFILES.in: Add who.c, users.c, uptime.c.
+	Remove who-users.c.
+
+	* src/who.c: Rename lots of `this' locals.
+	Make some parameters `const'.
+	(who): Update read_utmp caller.
+	(search_entries): Take additional param: utmp_buf.
+	Update read_utmp caller.
+	(who_am_i): Update read_utmp caller.
+
+	* src/users.c (users): Update read_utmp caller.
+	* src/uptime.c (uptime): Update read_utmp caller.
+
+	* lib/readutmp.h (PARAMS): Update prototype.
+	(utmp_contents): Remove dcl.
+
+	* lib/readutmp.c (read_utmp): Take new params: count and buffer.
+	Return boolean indicating failure.
+	Now, caller must give diagnostic upon.
+
+1997-07-12  Kaveh R. Ghazi  <ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu>
+
+	* lib/readutmp.c, lib/readutmp.h: New files implementing shared
+	functionality from src/who-users.c.
+
+	* lib/Makefile.am (libsu_a_SOURCES): Add readutmp.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add readutmp.h.
+
+	* src/who.c, src/users.c, src/uptime.c: Split these so they no
+	longer derive from the template source file who-users.c.  Use
+	shared functionality from lib/readutmp.c instead.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am: Remove rules to build who.c, users.c and
+	uptime.c from template source file who-users.c.  Handle these
+	files as stand-alone sources.
+
+	* src/who-users.c: Remove file.  It is no longer used.
+
+1997-07-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/date.c (MAYBE_SET_TZ_UTC0): New macro.
+	(set_tz): New function.
+	(batch_convert): If necessary, save the initial value of TZ and
+	for each date in the file, restore it before each call to get_date,
+	then set it to UTC0 before each show_date call.
+	(main): Don't set TZ before calling get_date.
+	Set TZ after get_date call and before show_date call.
+	Reported by Matthew Braun.
+	* tests/date/Test.pm: Add new tests for this bug.
+	Add tests based on new examples in documentation.
+
+	* stpcpy.c: New file.
+	* configure.in (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add stpcpy.c
+
+1997-07-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (EXTRA_PROGRAMS): Add su here.
+	(bin_PROGRAMS): Remove su here.
+	(install-exec-local): Rewrite rule so that su is installed only if
+	it can be made setuid root.  Before it was always installed and then
+	removed if it could *not* be made setuid root.  That had the potential
+	undesirable side effect of removing (and not replacing) a working
+	version of su.
+	(all_local): New target.  Dependend on su.  Required now that su is
+	no longer in bin_PROGRAMS.
+	(uninstall-local): Remove su only if it comes from the GNU sh-utils.
+
+	* src/su.c: Redefine/undef getusershell around inclusion of <unistd.h>
+	(via system.h) so Cray's int-returning prototype doesn't conflict
+	with our char*-returning one.  Reported by Johan Danielsson.
+
+1997-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am.in (Makefile.am): Clean up and enable rule to
+	generate tests/*/Makefile.am.
+
+	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add Norwegian (no).
+
+	* tests/date/mk-script.pl (validate): Create test files in $(srcdir),
+	not in build dir.
+	* tests/Makefile.am.in ($x-tests): Create $x-tests in $(srcdir),
+	not in build dir.
+	* Makefile.am (aclocal-files): Look in source directory, not build dir.
+	From Andreas Schwab.
+
+1997-07-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/date/Test.pm (test_vector): Remove bogus TZ=GMT environment
+	setting.
+
+Wed Jul  2 11:05:09 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/printf.c (STRTOX): Convert function header in macro definition
+	to K&R-style.  Otherwise, ansi2knr would fail to convert the function
+	definitions to K&R for old style compilers.  From Kaveh Ghazi.
+
+Tue Jul  1 06:28:00 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/putenv.c [putenv]: Undefine before including system headers.
+	Otherwise, the declaration of *rpl_putenv* conflicts with the system
+	prototype on at least Irix5.3.  From Marcus Daniels.
+
+Sun Jun 29 07:18:25 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/putenv.c (rpl_putenv): Renamed from putenv.
+	[putenv]: Remove definition and subsequent #undef hack that avoided
+	conflicts with system prototypes.  That didn't let the definition of
+	putenv to rpl_putenv from config.h get through.
+	Suggestion from Marcus Daniels.
+
+	* configure.in (LIB_CRYPT): AC_SUBST new variable.  Use it to add
+	crypt-related library (-lufc or -lcrypt) only for the program that
+	needs it (su), rather than to all executables.
+	* src/Makefile.am (su_LDADD): Set to `$(LDADD) @LIB_CRYPT@'.
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+	* tests/date/mk-script.pl: Set and export LANGUAGE, LC_ALL, and LANG
+	so tests get english strings.  From Ulrich Drepper.
+
+Mon Jun 16 11:06:57 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* m4/putenv.m4 (jm_FUNC_PUTENV): New file and macro.
+	* configure.in (jm_FUNC_PUTENV): Use it.
+	* acconfig.h (putenv): Add #undef.
+	* lib/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add putenv.c.
+	(libsu_a_SOURCES): Remove putenv.c.
+	* m4/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add putenv.m4.
+
+Thu Jun 12 06:48:23 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/expr.c (eval6): Accept new unary operator, quote.
+	From Karl Heuer.
+
+Wed Jun 11 15:13:56 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/expr.c (docolon): Test (re_buffer.re_nsub > 0) rather than
+	searching for `\(' to determine whether to return 0 or the empty
+	string.  Before it would improperly return '' if the pattern
+	contained a substring like this: `\\('.  From Karl Heuer.
+	For example, running expr c : '\\(' should print `0'.
+
+Sun Jun  1 12:00:10 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/getdate.y (OtherTable): Interpret `next' as 1 (not 2) units.
+	Patch from Richard Sharman <rsharman@magmacom.com>.
+	* tests/date/Test.pm: Add tests using `next'.
+
+Tue May 27 06:08:06 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/basename.c: Don't include backupfile.h.
+
+	* lib/Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add backupfile.h.
+
+	* src/basename.c: Use base_name, not basename.
+	* src/su.c: Use base_name, not basename.
+
+	* configure.in: Don't replace basename.  Now it's always required.
+
+	* lib/Makefile.am (libsu_a_SOURCES): Add basename.c.
+
+	* lib/getopt.c: Update from glibc via patch-2.2.93.
+	* lib/getopt1.c: Likewise.
+	* lib/getopt.h: Likewise.
+	* lib/basename.c: Likewise.
+
+Sat May 24 13:26:04 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* man/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Put man_MANS here so they are
+	distributed.  This seems to be necessary for automake-1.1p.
+
+Thu May  1 00:10:11 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* ansi2knr.c echo.c factor.c hostname.c id.c nice.c pathchk.c
+	spline.c test.c uname.c: Indent cpp-directives.
+
+	* src/system.h (N_): Define.
+
+Sun Apr 27 18:30:53 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/printf.c: (cfcc_msg): File-scope constant.
+	(STRTOX): Use new constant as error message format string in macro.
+	Suggestion from Andreas Schwab.
+	(STRTOX): Don't fail because of extra character(s) following a
+	character constant.  Give the *warning* only if !POSIXLY_CORRECT.
+
+Sun Apr  6 14:29:14 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/printf.c: Reorder functions to obviate forward decls.
+	Change most char* dcls to const char*.
+	(STRTOX): New macro to eliminate code duplication.
+	(xstrtod, xstrtol, xstrtoul): Remove functions.
+	Use the STRTOX instead.
+
+	* src/printf.c: (STRTOX): Interpret arguments like 'a and "a
+	as POSIX requires.  Derived from a patch by Dennis Henriksen.
+
+Sun Mar 23 15:20:17 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add polish (pl).
+
+Sat Mar 22 00:03:02 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require automake-1.1l.
+	(aclocal.m4): Use aclocal's new -I option.
+
+	* missing: New file -- from the automake-1.1m distribution.
+
+Thu Mar 20 21:10:44 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* m4/ccstdc.m4: Remove file.
+	* m4/init.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/sanity.m: Likewise.
+	* m4/protos.m: Likewise.
+	* m4/dmalloc.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/error.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/header.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/install.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/lispdir.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/maintainer.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/obstack.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/ptrdiff.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/regex.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/strtod.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/termios.m4: Likewise.
+	* m4/winsz.m4: Likewise.
+
+Tue Mar 18 06:46:54 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/su.c: Indent cpp-directives to reflect nesting.
+	Change a few #ifdef to #if.
+	Remove 3 spurious #ifdef that were guarding an #undef each.
+
+	* src/seq.c (check_format): Rename local, FORMAT_STRING, to avoid
+	shadowing global.
+	(print_numbers): Likewise.
+
+	* src/who-users.c (idle_string): Rename local, IDLE, to avoid
+	shadowing global.
+
+	* src/su.c (log_su): Resort to getpwuid if getlogin fails.
+	If no tty name is found, use `none' in the log message.
+	Based on a patch from Galen Hazelwood.
+
+Thu Mar 13 21:27:36 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/mktime.c: (TIME_T_MIN): Work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
+
+Wed Feb 19 23:06:46 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/factor.c (factor): Rewrite inner loop to be more efficient.
+	Patch from Torbjorn Granlund.
+
+Tue Feb 18 21:18:04 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/date/Test.pm: Add tests for %U, %V, and %W and for a bug
+	fixed on 1996-03-05.
+	Remove misleading `-' from leap-1 test.
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add factor.
+	* tests/factor: New directory.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/factor/Makefile.
+
+Tue Feb  4 22:03:13 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/stty.c: Bracket inclusion of termios.h with #if HAVE_TERMIOS_H.
+	Masami Takikawa reported that NeXTStep 3.0 doesn't have termios.h.
+	* configure.in (AC_CHECK_HEADERS): Add termios.h.
+
+Fri Jan 31 21:13:13 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/*.c (usage): Bracket bug-reporting address with <> and append
+	a period.
+	* src/*.sh: Likewise.
+
+	* src/*.c: Compare getopt_long return value against -1, not EOF.
+	Use NULL, not `(int *) 0' as last parameter in getopt_long call.
+
+Mon Jan 27 21:43:50 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/chroot.c (usage): Remove one space in message to make
+	colons line up.
+
+Sun Jan 26 12:51:05 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Version 1.16.
+
+	* src/who-users.c (usage): Fix typo (--writeable -> --writable)
+	in help output.  From Galen Hazelwood.
+
 Sat Jan 25 21:01:13 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 
 	* src/factor.c (print_factors): Reflect changes to xstrtoul interface.

old/sh-utils/NEWS

@@ -1,6 +1,25 @@
+Changes in release 1.17
+* pinky: new lightweight finger-style program
+ [1.16d]
+* the groups script now exits non-zero and doesn't print anything more
+  when `id' fails
+ [1.16c]
+* date -u -d DATE now prints the correct date
+* don't remove already-installed su unless it is possible to install the
+  new one setuid root.
+ [1.16b]
+ [1.16a]
+* expr accepts new unary operator, quote.
+* expr now returns 0 for failed matches where pattern contained e.g., `\\('
+* date -d DATE now works on Unicos systems
+* add tests for factor and more for date.
+* factor runs a lot faster for large 64-bit inputs
+* date works with relative offsets involving the `next' keyword
+
 Changes in release 1.16
-1.15a
 * stty -tabs works properly
+* add tests for date
+* date --date "02/29/1996 - 1 year" now works properly
 
 Changes in release 1.15
 * nice works with very recently-changed GNU libc getopt

old/textutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,196 @@
+1997-07-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_obsolescent_option): #ifdef-out portability warning.
+
+1997-07-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/sort.c (checkfp): Print the `disorder' message.  Include both
+	the number and the contents of the first out-of-order line, in addition
+	to the file name.  Change meaning of return value.
+	(check): Don't print disorder message here.
+	Adjust test of checkfp's return value.
+	Feature suggestion from Karl Heuer.
+
+1997-07-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* doc/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Remove explicit mention of texinfo.texi.
+	Now, automake includes it automatically.
+
+	* src/head.c: Include xstrtoul.h.
+	Remove global variable, unit_size.
+	(atou): Remove now-unused function.
+	(parse_unit): Likewise.
+	(string_to_ull): New function.
+	(head): Take new parameter, count_lines.  Use it instead of unit_size.
+	Update callers.
+	(head_file): Likewise.
+	(main): Use string_to_ull, not atou/parse_unit.
+	The problem was that overflow wasn't detected, so `head -c 4096m'
+	was treated just like `head -c 0'.
+	Reported by Jerome Abela.
+
+	* tests/wc: New directory.
+	* tests/head: New directory.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add head and wc.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/head/Makefile and
+	tests/wc/Makefile.
+
+1997-07-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_obsolescent_option): If POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, give
+	a diagnostic and fail when there are two or more non-option arguments.
+
+1997-07-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/tac/mk-script.pl: Redirect output of cmp to /dev/null.
+
+	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add Norwegian (no).
+
+	* Makefile.am (aclocal-files): Look in source directory, not build dir.
+	From Andreas Schwab.
+
+Sun Jun 15 06:36:41 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/pr.c (init_header) [T_BUF_FMT]: Output the 4-digit year (not the
+	2-digit abbreviation) in each page header.  Reported by Noah Friedman.
+
+Sat Jun 14 12:29:12 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/cut.c (cut_fields): Detect when the input is empty and handle
+	that special case.  Before `cut -f1 < /dev/null' would improperly
+	output a single newline.  Reported by Phil Richards.
+
+Sun Apr 27 15:10:58 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* man/Makefile.am (DISTFILES): Add $(man_MANS).
+
+	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add Czech (cs) and Swedish (sv).
+
+Thu Apr  3 21:14:02 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* m4/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Update file list.
+
+	* tests/cut-test/Test.pm: Add test from Phil Richards.
+
+Sat Mar 22 20:29:10 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* missing: New file -- from the automake-1.1m distribution.
+
+Fri Mar 21 23:56:41 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Makefile.am (AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS): Require automake-1.1l.
+	(aclocal.m4): Use aclocal's new -I option.
+
+Thu Mar 13 21:46:04 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/tr.c (main): Make sure c1 is not -1 before using it as an
+	array index.  Patch from Greg McGary.  Although this is truly a
+	bug, I believe it would not cause tr to misbehave on most systems.
+	I could not construct a test case with which this bug causes tr
+	to generate invalid output.
+
+	* tests/pr-test/Test.pm: Add test that -o 0 works.
+
+	* src/pr.c (main): Allow use of 0 (zero) as the margin offset
+	argument to the -o option.  Patch from Gary Anderson.
+
+Fri Feb 28 22:32:51 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/uniq.c (usage): Fix typo in --help output.  From Andreas Schwab.
+
+Tue Feb 25 20:34:51 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* lib/Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add obstack.h.
+	(libtu_a_SOURCES): Add obstack.c.
+
+Sun Feb 16 08:30:29 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add tac.
+	* tests/tac: New directory.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/tac/Makefile.
+
+	* tests/pr-test/{tt-0FF, tt-bl, tta3-0FF, ttb3-0FF, tt-FF, tt-t,
+	tta3-FF, ttb3-FF}: New files.  Renamed (s/T/tt/) to avoid name clashes
+	on case-independent filesystems.
+	* tests/pr-test/Test.pm (Tests '7.*'): Reflect file-renaming.
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_obsolescent_option): Reverse order of args in
+	diagnostic.  Remove `' quotes in diagnostic.
+	(parse_options): Remove `' quotes in diagnostic.
+
+Sat Feb  8 22:43:45 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_obsolescent_option): Give warning diagnostic for
+	(but now accept) obsolescent usage with more than one file argument.
+
+Sun Feb  2 23:06:59 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/join.c: Move alloca-related preprocessor code into system.h.
+	* src/od.c: Remove alloca-related preprocessor code.
+	* src/system.h: Add alloca-related preprocessor code.
+
+Sat Feb  1 07:21:43 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/pr-test/*: Rename files to avoid exceeding 14-character limit.
+	* tests/pr-test/Test.pm: Reflect renamings.
+
+	* tests/pr-test/mk-script.pl (spec_to_list): Warn about all filenames
+	that exceed max-length before dying.
+
+	* src/pr.c (init_parameters): For compatibility: use default
+	separator `TAB' with full length lines.  From Roland Huebner.
+
+Fri Jan 31 19:53:54 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* src/tac.c: Rename globals buffer and buffer_size to have G_ prefix
+	to avoid shadowing local variables.
+
+	* lib/long-options.c (parse_long_options): Compare getopt_long return
+	value against -1, not EOF.  Use NULL, not `(int *) 0' as last parameter
+	in getopt_long call.
+
+	* src/pr.c (add_line_number): Rename from `number' to avoid shadowing
+	local variables.
+
+	* src/*.c: Compare getopt_long return value against -1, not EOF.
+	Use NULL, not `(int *) 0' as last parameter in getopt_long call.
+	(usage): Bracket bug-reporting address with <> and append a period.
+
+Wed Jan 29 20:54:24 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/tr-test/Test.pm: Do each test twice: get input via REDIR
+	and PIPE.
+
+	* tests/tail/Test.pm (test_vector): Do each (non-stdin-requiring)
+	test three times.
+
+	* tests/pr-test/Test.pm: Remove common_option_prefix flag.
+	(test_vector): Prepend the common option here instead.
+
+	* tests/md5sum-test/Test.pm: Remove input_via_stdin flag.
+	Do each test twice: get input via REDIR and PIPE.
+
+	* tests/cut-test/Test.pm: Do each test three times.
+
+	* tests/cut-test/mk-script.pl: Allow each test to be run any or all
+	of three different ways.  Program input may be specified via a file
+	or files listed on the command line, via input redirection (if there's
+	only one file), or via a pipe.
+
+Tue Jan 28 20:54:06 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* tests/cut-test/mk-script.pl: Remove `t' prefix on all generated
+	test file names.
+	Change suffixes from (.in, .exp, .out, .err) to (.I, .X, .O, .E).
+	Ensure that no test file (generated or maintainer-supplied) has a
+	name longer than 14 characters.
+
+Sun Jan 26 12:49:50 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
+
+	* Version 1.22.
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_options): Add quotes to make messages identical.
+
 Sat Jan 25 00:12:29 1997  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 
 	* src/tail.c (parse_obsolescent_option): Comment.
@@ -3988,7 +4181,5 @@ Sat Dec 16 15:15:50 1989  David J. MacKenzie  (djm at hobbes.ai.mit.edu)
 
 
 Local Variables:
-mode: indented-text
-left-margin: 8
 version-control: never
 End:

old/textutils/NEWS

@@ -1,3 +1,17 @@
+Changes in release 1.23
+[1.22a]
+* sort -c reports both the number and the contents of the first out-of-order
+  line, in addition to the file name.
+* `head -c 4096m' is no longer treated just like `head -c 0'
+  now it gets a diagnostic about 4096m being too large.
+* pr: For compatibility (also more POSIX compliant): Include default
+  separator `TAB' when merging lines of full length.
+* When POSIXLY_CORRECT is not set, tail -N now accepts more than one file
+  argument (but warns that it's not portable), to be consistent with the
+  way head -N works.  If POSIXLY_CORRECT is set, using two or more file
+  arguments with the obsolescent form (-N) evokes an error.  To avoid the
+  warning or failure, use the POSIX -n N option or the GNU --lines=N option.
+
 Changes in release 1.22
 [1.21a]
 * Fix a bug in tail when invoked with an argument like `+NUMBERc'

po/Makefile.in.in

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 # Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
 SOURCES = cat-id-tbl.c
 POFILES = @POFILES@
 GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
-DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
+DISTFILES = Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
 stamp-cat-id $(POFILES) $(GMOFILES) $(SOURCES)
 
 POTFILES = \
@@ -207,6 +207,7 @@ distclean: clean
 maintainer-clean: distclean
 	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
 	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
+	rm -f $(GMOFILES)
 
 distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
@@ -240,9 +241,12 @@ POTFILES: POTFILES.in
 	  else \
 	    posrcprefix="../"; \
 	  fi; \
-	  sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ 	]*$$/d' \
+	  rm -f $@-t $@ \
+	    && sed -e '/^#/d' -e '/^[ 	]*$$/d' \
 	      -e "s@.*@	$$posrcprefix& \\\\@" \
-	      -e '$$s/\(.*\) \\/\1/' < $(srcdir)/POTFILES.in > POTFILES )
+	      -e '$$s/\(.*\) \\/\1/' < $(srcdir)/$@.in > $@-t \
+	    && chmod a-w $@-t \
+	    && mv $@-t $@ )
 
 Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
 	cd .. \

src/ansi2knr.1

@@ -1,19 +1,36 @@
-.TH ANSI2KNR 1 "31 December 1990" 
+.TH ANSI2KNR 1 "19 Jan 1996"
 .SH NAME
 ansi2knr \- convert ANSI C to Kernighan & Ritchie C
 .SH SYNOPSIS
 .I ansi2knr
-input_file output_file
+[--varargs] input_file [output_file]
 .SH DESCRIPTION
 If no output_file is supplied, output goes to stdout.
 .br
 There are no error messages.
 .sp
 .I ansi2knr
-recognizes functions by seeing a non-keyword identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line.  It will recognize a multi-line header if the last character on each line but the last is a left parenthesis or comma.  These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except that the function name must be the first thing on the line.
+recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword identifier at the left
+margin, followed by a left parenthesis, with a right parenthesis as the last
+character on the line, and with a left brace as the first token on the
+following line (ignoring possible intervening comments).  It will recognize a
+multi-line header provided that no intervening line ends with a left or right
+brace or a semicolon.  These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except
+that the function name must be the first thing on the line.
 .sp
 The following constructs will confuse it:
 .br
-     - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
+     - Any other construct that starts at the left margin and follows the
+above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
 .br
-     - Macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
+     - Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
+.sp
+The --varargs switch is obsolete, and is recognized only for
+backwards compatibility.  The present version of
+.I ansi2knr
+will always attempt to convert a ... argument to va_alist and va_dcl.
+.SH AUTHOR
+L. Peter Deutsch <ghost@aladdin.com> wrote the original ansi2knr and
+continues to maintain the current version; most of the code in the current
+version is his work.  ansi2knr also includes contributions by Francois
+Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca> and Jim Avera <jima@netcom.com>.

src/ansi2knr.c

@@ -1,5 +1,3 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1989, 1991, 1993, 1994, 1995 Aladdin Enterprises. All rights reserved. */
-
 /* ansi2knr.c */
 /* Convert ANSI C function definitions to K&R ("traditional C") syntax */
 
@@ -34,22 +32,30 @@ program under the GPL.
  *
  * ansi2knr recognizes function definitions by seeing a non-keyword
  * identifier at the left margin, followed by a left parenthesis,
- * with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line.
- * It will recognize a multi-line header provided that the last character
- * of the last line of the header is a right parenthesis,
- * and no intervening line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.
+ * with a right parenthesis as the last character on the line,
+ * and with a left brace as the first token on the following line
+ * (ignoring possible intervening comments).
+ * It will recognize a multi-line header provided that no intervening
+ * line ends with a left or right brace or a semicolon.
  * These algorithms ignore whitespace and comments, except that
  * the function name must be the first thing on the line.
  * The following constructs will confuse it:
  *	- Any other construct that starts at the left margin and
  *	    follows the above syntax (such as a macro or function call).
- *	- Macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
+ *	- Some macros that tinker with the syntax of the function header.
  */
 
 /*
  * The original and principal author of ansi2knr is L. Peter Deutsch
  * <ghost@aladdin.com>.  Other authors are noted in the change history
  * that follows (in reverse chronological order):
+	lpd 96-01-21 added code to cope with not HAVE_CONFIG_H and with
+		compilers that don't understand void, as suggested by
+		Tom Lane
+	lpd 96-01-15 changed to require that the first non-comment token
+		on the line following a function header be a left brace,
+		to reduce sensitivity to macros, as suggested by Tom Lane
+		<tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>
 	lpd 95-06-22 removed #ifndefs whose sole purpose was to define
 		undefined preprocessor symbols as 0; changed all #ifdefs
 		for configuration symbols to #ifs
@@ -70,7 +76,7 @@ program under the GPL.
  */
 
 /* Most of the conditionals here are to make ansi2knr work with */
-/* the GNU configure machinery. */
+/* or without the GNU configure machinery. */
 
 #if HAVE_CONFIG_H
 # include <config.h>
@@ -94,12 +100,17 @@ program under the GPL.
 
 #else /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
 
-/*
-   Without AC_CONFIG_HEADER, merely use <string.h> as in the original
-   Ghostscript distribution.  This loses on older BSD systems.
- */
+/* Otherwise do it the hard way */
 
-# include <string.h>
+# ifdef BSD
+#  include <strings.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef VMS
+    extern int strlen(), strncmp();
+#  else
+#   include <string.h>
+#  endif
+# endif
 
 #endif /* not HAVE_CONFIG_H */
 
@@ -110,8 +121,18 @@ program under the GPL.
    malloc and free should be declared in stdlib.h,
    but if you've got a K&R compiler, they probably aren't.
  */
-char *malloc();
-void free();
+# ifdef MSDOS
+#  include <malloc.h>
+# else
+#  ifdef VMS
+     extern char *malloc();
+     extern void free();
+#  else
+     extern char *malloc();
+     extern int free();
+#  endif
+# endif
+
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -139,7 +160,7 @@ void free();
 
 /* Forward references */
 char *skipspace();
-void writeblanks();
+int writeblanks();
 int test1();
 int convert1();
 
@@ -152,6 +173,7 @@ main(argc, argv)
 #define bufsize 5000			/* arbitrary size */
 	char *buf;
 	char *line;
+	char *more;
 	/*
 	 * In previous versions, ansi2knr recognized a --varargs switch.
 	 * If this switch was supplied, ansi2knr would attempt to convert
@@ -173,50 +195,81 @@ main(argc, argv)
 			exit(1);
 		  }
 	  }
-	switch ( argc )
+	if (argc < 2 || argc > 3)
 	   {
-	default:
 		printf("Usage: ansi2knr input_file [output_file]\n");
-		exit(0);
-	case 2:
-		out = stdout;
-		break;
-	case 3:
-		out = fopen(argv[2], "w");
-		if ( out == NULL )
-		   {	fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open output file %s\n", argv[2]);
 			exit(1);
 		   }
-	   }
 	in = fopen(argv[1], "r");
 	if ( in == NULL )
-	   {	fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open input file %s\n", argv[1]);
+	  {
+	    fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open input file %s\n", argv[1]);
 		exit(1);
 	   }
+ 	if (argc == 3)
+ 	  {
+ 	    out = fopen(argv[2], "w");
+ 	    if ( out == NULL )
+ 	      {
+ 		fprintf(stderr, "Cannot open output file %s\n", argv[2]);
+ 		exit(1);
+ 	      }
+ 	  }
+ 	else
+ 	  {
+ 	    out = stdout;
+ 	  }
 	fprintf(out, "#line 1 \"%s\"\n", argv[1]);
 	buf = malloc(bufsize);
 	line = buf;
 	while ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) != NULL )
-	   {	switch ( test1(buf) )
+	   {
+test:		line += strlen(line);
+		switch ( test1(buf) )
 		   {
 		case 2:			/* a function header */
 			convert1(buf, out, 1, convert_varargs);
 			break;
 		case 1:			/* a function */
-			convert1(buf, out, 0, convert_varargs);
+			/* Check for a { at the start of the next line. */
+			more = ++line;
+f:			if ( line >= buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
+			  goto wl;
+			if ( fgets(line, (unsigned)(buf + bufsize - line), in) == NULL )
+			  goto wl;
+			switch ( *skipspace(more, 1) )
+			  {
+			  case '{':
+			    /* Definitely a function header. */
+			    convert1(buf, out, 0, convert_varargs);
+			    fputs(more, out);
+			    break;
+			  case 0:
+			    /* The next line was blank or a comment: */
+			    /* keep scanning for a non-comment. */
+			    line += strlen(line);
+			    goto f;
+			  default:
+			    /* buf isn't a function header, but */
+			    /* more might be. */
+			    fputs(buf, out);
+			    strcpy(buf, more);
+			    line = buf;
+			    goto test;
+			  }
 			break;
 		case -1:		/* maybe the start of a function */
-			line = buf + strlen(buf);
 			if ( line != buf + (bufsize - 1) ) /* overflow check */
-				continue;
+			  continue;
 			/* falls through */
 		default:		/* not a function */
-			fputs(buf, out);
+wl:			fputs(buf, out);
 			break;
 		   }
 		line = buf;
 	   }
-	if ( line != buf ) fputs(buf, out);
+	if ( line != buf )
+	  fputs(buf, out);
 	free(buf);
 	fclose(out);
 	fclose(in);
@@ -229,11 +282,14 @@ skipspace(p, dir)
     register char *p;
     register int dir;			/* 1 for forward, -1 for backward */
 {	for ( ; ; )
-	   {	while ( is_space(*p) ) p += dir;
-		if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') ) break;
+	   {	while ( is_space(*p) )
+		  p += dir;
+		if ( !(*p == '/' && p[dir] == '*') )
+		  break;
 		p += dir;  p += dir;
 		while ( !(*p == '*' && p[dir] == '/') )
-		   {	if ( *p == 0 ) return p;	/* multi-line comment?? */
+		   {	if ( *p == 0 )
+			  return p;	/* multi-line comment?? */
 			p += dir;
 		   }
 		p += dir;  p += dir;
@@ -245,13 +301,15 @@ skipspace(p, dir)
  * Write blanks over part of a string.
  * Don't overwrite end-of-line characters.
  */
-void
+int
 writeblanks(start, end)
     char *start;
     char *end;
 {	char *p;
 	for ( p = start; p < end; p++ )
-	  if ( *p != '\r' && *p != '\n' ) *p = ' ';
+	  if ( *p != '\r' && *p != '\n' )
+	    *p = ' ';
+	return 0;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -274,25 +332,27 @@ test1(buf)
 	char *bend;
 	char *endfn;
 	int contin;
+
 	if ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
-		return 0;		/* no name at left margin */
+	  return 0;		/* no name at left margin */
 	bend = skipspace(buf + strlen(buf) - 1, -1);
 	switch ( *bend )
 	   {
-	case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
-	case ')': contin = 1; break;
-	case '{': return 0;		/* not a function */
-	case '}': return 0;		/* not a function */
-	default: contin = -1;
+	   case ';': contin = 0 /*2*/; break;
+	   case ')': contin = 1; break;
+	   case '{': return 0;		/* not a function */
+	   case '}': return 0;		/* not a function */
+	   default: contin = -1;
 	   }
-	while ( isidchar(*p) ) p++;
+	while ( isidchar(*p) )
+	  p++;
 	endfn = p;
 	p = skipspace(p, 1);
 	if ( *p++ != '(' )
-		return 0;		/* not a function */
+	  return 0;		/* not a function */
 	p = skipspace(p, 1);
 	if ( *p == ')' )
-		return 0;		/* no parameters */
+	  return 0;		/* no parameters */
 	/* Check that the apparent function name isn't a keyword. */
 	/* We only need to check for keywords that could be followed */
 	/* by a left parenthesis (which, unfortunately, is most of them). */
@@ -306,9 +366,10 @@ test1(buf)
 		char **key = words;
 		char *kp;
 		int len = endfn - buf;
+
 		while ( (kp = *key) != 0 )
 		   {	if ( strlen(kp) == len && !strncmp(kp, buf, len) )
-				return 0;	/* name is a keyword */
+			  return 0;	/* name is a keyword */
 			key++;
 		   }
 	   }
@@ -324,15 +385,21 @@ convert1(buf, out, header, convert_varargs)
     int convert_varargs;	/* Boolean */
 {	char *endfn;
 	register char *p;
+	/*
+	 * The breaks table contains pointers to the beginning and end
+	 * of each argument.
+	 */
 	char **breaks;
 	unsigned num_breaks = 2;	/* for testing */
 	char **btop;
 	char **bp;
 	char **ap;
 	char *vararg = 0;
+
 	/* Pre-ANSI implementations don't agree on whether strchr */
 	/* is called strchr or index, so we open-code it here. */
-	for ( endfn = buf; *(endfn++) != '('; ) ;
+	for ( endfn = buf; *(endfn++) != '('; )
+	  ;
 top:	p = endfn;
 	breaks = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * num_breaks * 2);
 	if ( breaks == 0 )
@@ -349,6 +416,7 @@ top:	p = endfn;
 		char *lp = NULL;
 		char *rp;
 		char *end = NULL;
+
 		if ( bp >= btop )
 		   {	/* Filled up break table. */
 			/* Allocate a bigger one and start over. */
@@ -361,21 +429,21 @@ top:	p = endfn;
 		for ( ; end == NULL; p++ )
 		   {	switch(*p)
 			   {
-			case ',':
+			   case ',':
 				if ( !level ) end = p;
 				break;
-			case '(':
+			   case '(':
 				if ( !level ) lp = p;
 				level++;
 				break;
-			case ')':
+			   case ')':
 				if ( --level < 0 ) end = p;
 				else rp = p;
 				break;
-			case '/':
+			   case '/':
 				p = skipspace(p, 1) - 1;
 				break;
-			default:
+			   default:
 				;
 			   }
 		   }
@@ -390,26 +458,27 @@ top:	p = endfn;
 		   {	p = skipspace(p - 1, -1);
 			switch ( *p )
 			   {
-			case ']':	/* skip array dimension(s) */
-			case ')':	/* skip procedure args OR name */
+			   case ']':	/* skip array dimension(s) */
+			   case ')':	/* skip procedure args OR name */
 			   {	int level = 1;
 				while ( level )
 				 switch ( *--p )
 				   {
-				case ']': case ')': level++; break;
-				case '[': case '(': level--; break;
-				case '/': p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1; break;
-				default: ;
+				   case ']': case ')': level++; break;
+				   case '[': case '(': level--; break;
+				   case '/': p = skipspace(p, -1) + 1; break;
+				   default: ;
 				   }
 			   }
 				if ( *p == '(' && *skipspace(p + 1, 1) == '*' )
 				   {	/* We found the name being declared */
 					while ( !isidfirstchar(*p) )
-						p = skipspace(p, 1) + 1;
+					  p = skipspace(p, 1) + 1;
 					goto found;
 				   }
 				break;
-			default: goto found;
+			   default:
+				goto found;
 			   }
 		   }
 found:		if ( *p == '.' && p[-1] == '.' && p[-2] == '.' )

src/basename.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* basename -- strip directory and suffix from filenames
-   Copyright (C) 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 90,91,92,93,94,95,96,1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
 #include "long-options.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
-extern char *basename ();
-extern void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+char *base_name ();
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 
 /* The name this program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ If specified, also remove a trailing SUFFIX.\n\
   --help      display this help and exit\n\
   --version   output version information and exit\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to sh-utils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <sh-utils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status);
 }
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   strip_trailing_slashes (argv[1]);
 
-  name = basename (argv[1]);
+  name = base_name (argv[1]);
 
   if (argc == 3)
     remove_suffix (name, argv[2]);

src/cat.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cat -- concatenate files and print on the standard output.
-   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 88, 90, 91, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Concatenate FILE(s), or standard input, to standard output.\n\
 \n\
 With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to textutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <textutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
@@ -512,8 +512,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   /* Parse command line options.  */
 
-  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "benstuvAET", long_options, (int *) 0))
-	 != EOF)
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "benstuvAET", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
       switch (c)
 	{

src/chgrp.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chgrp -- change group ownership of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ static int changes_only;
 /* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
 static const char *groupname;
 
+/* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the group ID of this file.
+   This file must exist.  */
+static char *reference_file;
+
 /* If nonzero, display usage information and exit.  */
 static int show_help;
 
@@ -101,6 +105,7 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {"no-dereference", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
   {"silent", no_argument, 0, 'f'},
   {"quiet", no_argument, 0, 'f'},
+  {"reference", required_argument, 0, 12},
   {"verbose", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
   {"help", no_argument, &show_help, 1},
   {"version", no_argument, &show_version, 1},
@@ -178,9 +183,9 @@ change_file_group (const char *file, int group)
 	describe_change (file, 1);
 
       if (change_symlinks)
-	fail = LCHOWN (file, file_stats.st_uid, group);
+	fail = LCHOWN (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
       else
-	fail = chown (file, file_stats.st_uid, group);
+	fail = chown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
 
       if (fail)
 	{
@@ -207,10 +212,13 @@ change_file_group (const char *file, int group)
 	}
     }
   else if (verbose && changes_only == 0)
-    describe_change (file, 0);
+    {
+      describe_change (file, 0);
+    }
 
   if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
     errors |= change_dir_group (file, group, &file_stats);
+
   return errors;
 }
 
@@ -274,20 +282,25 @@ usage (int status)
 	     program_name);
   else
     {
-      printf (_("Usage: %s [OPTION]... GROUP FILE...\n"), program_name);
+      printf (_("\
+Usage: %s [OPTION]... GROUP FILE...\n\
+  or:  %s [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...\n\
+"),
+	program_name, program_name);
       printf (_("\
 Change the group membership of each FILE to GROUP.\n\
 \n\
-  -c, --changes           like verbose but report only when a change is made\n\
-  -h, --no-dereference    affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file\n\
-                          (available only on systems with lchown system call)\n\
-  -f, --silent, --quiet   suppress most error messages\n\
-  -R, --recursive         change files and directories recursively\n\
-  -v, --verbose           output a diagnostic for every file processed\n\
-      --help              display this help and exit\n\
-      --version           output version information and exit\n\
+  -c, --changes          like verbose but report only when a change is made\n\
+  -h, --no-dereference   affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file\n\
+                         (available only on systems with lchown system call)\n\
+  -f, --silent, --quiet  suppress most error messages\n\
+      --reference=RFILE  use RFILE's group instead of using a GROUP value\n\
+  -R, --recursive        change files and directories recursively\n\
+  -v, --verbose          output a diagnostic for every file processed\n\
+      --help             display this help and exit\n\
+      --version          output version information and exit\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to fileutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <fileutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status);
 }
@@ -306,13 +319,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   recurse = force_silent = verbose = changes_only = 0;
 
-  while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, (int *) 0))
-	 != EOF)
+  while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
       switch (optc)
 	{
 	case 0:
 	  break;
+	case 12:
+	  reference_file = optarg;
+	  break;
 	case 'R':
 	  recurse = 1;
 	  break;
@@ -343,7 +358,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   if (show_help)
     usage (0);
 
-  if (argc - optind <= 1)
+  if (argc - optind + (reference_file ? 1 : 0) <= 1)
     {
       error (0, 0, _("too few arguments"));
       usage (1);
@@ -356,7 +371,16 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     }
 #endif
 
-  parse_group (argv[optind++], &group);
+  if (reference_file)
+    {
+      struct stat ref_stats;
+      if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
+        error (1, errno, "%s", reference_file);
+
+      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+    }
+  else
+    parse_group (argv[optind++], &group);
 
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     errors |= change_file_group (argv[optind], group);

src/chmod.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chmod -- change permission modes of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,13 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Options:
-   -R	Recursively change modes of directory contents.
-   -c	Verbosely describe only files whose modes actually change.
-   -f	Do not print error messages about files.
-   -v	Verbosely describe changed modes.
-
-   David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
 #include <config.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -54,6 +48,10 @@ static int force_silent;
 /* If nonzero, describe the modes we set. */
 static int verbose;
 
+/* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the owner and group IDs
+   of this file.  This file must exist.  */
+static char *reference_file;
+
 /* If nonzero, describe only modes that change. */
 static int changes_only;
 
@@ -69,6 +67,7 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {"changes", no_argument, 0, 'c'},
   {"silent", no_argument, 0, 'f'},
   {"quiet", no_argument, 0, 'f'},
+  {"reference", required_argument, 0, 12},
   {"verbose", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
   {"help", no_argument, &show_help, 1},
   {"version", no_argument, &show_version, 1},
@@ -217,13 +216,15 @@ usage (int status)
       printf (_("\
 Usage: %s [OPTION]... MODE[,MODE]... FILE...\n\
   or:  %s [OPTION]... OCTAL_MODE FILE...\n\
+  or:  %s [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...\n\
 "),
-	      program_name, program_name);
+	      program_name, program_name, program_name);
       printf (_("\
 \n\
   -c, --changes           like verbose but report only when a change is made\n\
   -f, --silent, --quiet   suppress most error messages\n\
   -v, --verbose           output a diagnostic for every file processed\n\
+      --reference=RFILE   use RFILE's mode instead of MODE values\n\
   -R, --recursive         change files and directories recursively\n\
       --help              display this help and exit\n\
       --version           output version information and exit\n\
@@ -231,7 +232,7 @@ Usage: %s [OPTION]... MODE[,MODE]... FILE...\n\
 Each MODE is one or more of the letters ugoa, one of the symbols +-= and\n\
 one or more of the letters rwxXstugo.\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to fileutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <fileutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status);
 }
@@ -259,9 +260,8 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     {
       thisind = optind ? optind : 1;
 
-      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "RcfvrwxXstugoa,+-=", long_options,
-		       (int *) 0);
-      if (c == EOF)
+      c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "RcfvrwxXstugoa,+-=", long_options, NULL);
+      if (c == -1)
 	break;
 
       switch (c)
@@ -286,6 +286,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
 	  modeind = thisind;
 	  break;
+	case 12:
+	  reference_file = optarg;
+	  break;
 	case 'R':
 	  recurse = 1;
 	  break;
@@ -312,7 +315,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   if (show_help)
     usage (0);
 
-  if (modeind == 0)
+  if (modeind == 0 && reference_file == NULL)
     modeind = optind++;
 
   if (optind >= argc)
@@ -321,12 +324,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  changes = mode_compile (argv[modeind],
-			  MODE_MASK_EQUALS | MODE_MASK_PLUS | MODE_MASK_MINUS);
+  changes = (reference_file ? mode_create_from_ref (reference_file)
+	     : mode_compile (argv[modeind], MODE_MASK_ALL));
+
   if (changes == MODE_INVALID)
     error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
   else if (changes == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
     error (1, 0, _("virtual memory exhausted"));
+  else if (changes == MODE_BAD_REFERENCE)
+    error (1, errno, "%s", reference_file);
 
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {

src/chown.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chown -- change user and group ownership of files
-   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 89, 90, 91, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -88,6 +88,10 @@ static char *username;
 /* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
 static char *groupname;
 
+/* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the owner and group IDs
+   of this file.  This file must exist.  */
+static char *reference_file;
+
 /* If nonzero, display usage information and exit.  */
 static int show_help;
 
@@ -101,6 +105,7 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {"no-dereference", no_argument, 0, 'h'},
   {"quiet", no_argument, 0, 'f'},
   {"silent", no_argument, 0, 'f'},
+  {"reference", required_argument, 0, 12},
   {"verbose", no_argument, 0, 'v'},
   {"help", no_argument, &show_help, 1},
   {"version", no_argument, &show_version, 1},
@@ -233,16 +238,20 @@ usage (int status)
     {
       printf (_("\
 Usage: %s [OPTION]... OWNER[.[GROUP]] FILE...\n\
-  or:  %s [OPTION]... .[GROUP] FILE...\n\
+  or:  %s [OPTION]... .GROUP FILE...\n\
+  or:  %s [OPTION]... --reference=RFILE FILE...\n\
 "),
-	      program_name, program_name);
+	      program_name, program_name, program_name);
       printf (_("\
 Change the owner and/or group of each FILE to OWNER and/or GROUP.\n\
 \n\
   -c, --changes          be verbose whenever change occurs\n\
   -h, --no-dereference   affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file\n\
-                         (available only on systems with lchown system call)\n\
+                         (available only on systems that can change the\n\
+                         ownership of a symlink)\n\
   -f, --silent, --quiet  suppress most error messages\n\
+      --reference=RFILE  use the owner and group of RFILE instead of using\n\
+                         explicit OWNER.GROUP values\n\
   -R, --recursive        operate on files and directories recursively\n\
   -v, --verbose          explain what is being done\n\
       --help             display this help and exit\n\
@@ -251,7 +260,7 @@ Change the owner and/or group of each FILE to OWNER and/or GROUP.\n\
 Owner is unchanged if missing.  Group is unchanged if missing, but changed\n\
 to login group if implied by a period.  A colon may replace the period.\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to fileutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <fileutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status);
 }
@@ -272,13 +281,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   recurse = force_silent = verbose = changes_only = 0;
 
-  while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, (int *) 0))
-	 != EOF)
+  while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
       switch (optc)
 	{
 	case 0:
 	  break;
+	case 12:
+	  reference_file = optarg;
+	  break;
 	case 'R':
 	  recurse = 1;
 	  break;
@@ -309,7 +320,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   if (show_help)
     usage (0);
 
-  if (optind >= argc - 1)
+  if (argc - optind + (reference_file ? 1 : 0) <= 1)
     {
       error (0, 0, _("too few arguments"));
       usage (1);
@@ -322,13 +333,28 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     }
 #endif
 
-  e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &user, &group, &username, &groupname);
-  if (e)
-    error (1, 0, "%s: %s", argv[optind], e);
-  if (username == NULL)
-    username = "";
+  if (reference_file)
+    {
+      struct stat ref_stats;
 
-  for (++optind; optind < argc; ++optind)
+      if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
+        error (1, errno, "%s", reference_file);
+
+      user  = ref_stats.st_uid;
+      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &user, &group, &username, &groupname);
+      if (e)
+        error (1, 0, "%s: %s", argv[optind], e);
+      if (username == NULL)
+        username = "";
+
+      optind++;
+    }
+
+  for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
       strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
       errors |= change_file_owner (argv[optind], user, group);

src/chroot.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* chroot -- run command or shell with special root directory
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ usage (int status)
     {
       printf (_("\
 Usage: %s [OPTION] NEWROOT [COMMAND...]\n\
-   or:  %s OPTION\n\
+  or:  %s OPTION\n\
 "), program_name, program_name);
       printf (_("\
 Run COMMAND with root directory set to NEWROOT.\n\
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ Run COMMAND with root directory set to NEWROOT.\n\
 \n\
 If no command is given, run ``${SHELL} -i'' (default: /bin/sh).\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to sh-utils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <sh-utils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status);
 }

src/cksum.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* cksum -- calculate and print POSIX.2 checksums and sizes of files
-   Copyright (C) 92, 95, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 92, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ Print CRC checksum and byte counts of each FILE.\n\
   --help      display this help and exit\n\
   --version   output version information and exit\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to textutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <textutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   have_read_stdin = 0;
 
-  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
       switch (c)
 	{

src/comm.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* comm -- compare two sorted files line by line.
-   Copyright (C) 1986, 1990, 1991, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 86, 90, 91, 95, 96, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Compare sorted files LEFT_FILE and RIGHT_FILE line by line.\n\
       --help      display this help and exit\n\
       --version   output version information and exit\n\
 "));
-      puts (_("\nReport bugs to textutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu"));
+      puts (_("\nReport bugs to <textutils-bugs@gnu.ai.mit.edu>."));
     }
   exit (status == 0 ? EXIT_SUCCESS : EXIT_FAILURE);
 }
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   only_file_2 = 1;
   both = 1;
 
-  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "123", long_options, (int *) 0)) != EOF)
+  while ((c = getopt_long (argc, argv, "123", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     switch (c)
       {
       case 0:

src/copy.c

@@ -4,10 +4,14 @@
 
 #include <config.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
 
-#include "cp.h"
-#include "copy.h"
+#include "system.h"
+#include "error.h"
 #include "backupfile.h"
+#include "copy.h"
+#include "cp-hash.h"
 
 /* On Linux (from slackware-1.2.13 to 2.0.2?) there is no lchown function.
    To change ownership of symlinks, you must run chown with an effective
@@ -22,82 +26,6 @@
       But root probably wants to know, e.g. if NFS disallows it.  */	\
    && (errno != EPERM || x->myeuid == 0))
 
-/* Control creation of sparse files (files with holes).  */
-enum Sparse_type
-{
-  /* Never create holes in DEST.  */
-  SPARSE_NEVER,
-
-  /* This is the default.  Use a crude (and sometimes inaccurate)
-     heuristic to determine if SOURCE has holes.  If so, try to create
-     holes in DEST.  */
-  SPARSE_AUTO,
-
-  /* For every sufficiently long sequence of bytes in SOURCE, try to
-     create a corresponding hole in DEST.  There is a performance penalty
-     here because CP has to search for holes in SRC.  But if the holes are
-     big enough, that penalty can be offset by the decrease in the amount
-     of data written to disk.   */
-  SPARSE_ALWAYS
-};
-
-struct flag
-{
-  /* If nonzero, copy all files except (directories and, if not dereferencing
-     them, symbolic links,) as if they were regular files. */
-  int copy_as_regular;
-
-  /* If nonzero, dereference symbolic links (copy the files they point to). */
-  int dereference;
-
-  /* If nonzero, remove existing destination nondirectories. */
-  int force;
-
-  /* If nonzero, create hard links instead of copying files.
-     Create destination directories as usual. */
-  int hard_link;
-
-  /* If nonzero, query before overwriting existing destinations
-     with regular files. */
-  int interactive;
-
-  /* If nonzero, when copying recursively, skip any subdirectories that are
-     on different filesystems from the one we started on. */
-  int one_file_system;
-
-  /* If nonzero, give the copies the original files' permissions,
-     ownership, and timestamps. */
-  int preserve;
-
-  /* If nonzero, copy directories recursively and copy special files
-     as themselves rather than copying their contents. */
-  int recursive;
-
-  /* Control creation of sparse files.  */
-  enum Sparse_type sparse_mode;
-
-  /* If nonzero, create symbolic links instead of copying files.
-     Create destination directories as usual. */
-  int symbolic_link;
-
-  /* The bits to preserve in created files' modes. */
-  int umask_kill;
-
-  /* If nonzero, do not copy a nondirectory that has an existing destination
-     with the same or newer modification time. */
-  int update;
-
-  /* If nonzero, display the names of the files before copying them. */
-  int verbose;
-
-  /* This process's effective user ID.  */
-  uid_t myeuid;
-
-  /* A pointer to either lstat or stat, depending on
-     whether dereferencing of symlinks is done.  */
-  int (*xstat) ();
-};
-
 struct dir_list
 {
   struct dir_list *parent;
@@ -107,6 +35,15 @@ struct dir_list
 
 int full_write ();
 int euidaccess ();
+char *savedir ();
+char *stpcpy ();
+char *xmalloc ();
+int yesno ();
+
+static int copy_internal __P ((const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
+			       int new_dst, dev_t device,
+			       struct dir_list *ancestors,
+			       const struct cp_options *x));
 
 /* The invocation name of this program.  */
 extern char *program_name;
@@ -132,7 +69,7 @@ is_ancestor (const struct stat *sb, const struct dir_list *ancestors)
 static int
 copy_dir (const char *src_path_in, const char *dst_path_in, int new_dst,
 	  const struct stat *src_sb, struct dir_list *ancestors,
-	  const struct flag *x)
+	  const struct cp_options *x)
 {
   char *name_space;
   char *namep;
@@ -164,7 +101,8 @@ copy_dir (const char *src_path_in, const char *dst_path_in, int new_dst,
       stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (src_path, src_path_in), "/"), namep);
       stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (dst_path, dst_path_in), "/"), namep);
 
-      ret |= copy (src_path, dst_path, new_dst, src_sb->st_dev, ancestors, x);
+      ret |= copy_internal (src_path, dst_path, new_dst, src_sb->st_dev,
+			    ancestors, x);
 
       /* Free the memory for `src_path'.  The memory for `dst_path'
 	 cannot be deallocated, since it is used to create multiple
@@ -371,7 +309,7 @@ ret2:
 static int
 copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	       int new_dst, dev_t device, struct dir_list *ancestors,
-	       const struct flag *x)
+	       const struct cp_options *x)
 {
   struct stat src_sb;
   struct stat dst_sb;
@@ -425,9 +363,26 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	}
       else
 	{
-	  /* The file exists already.  */
+	  int same;
 
-	  if (src_sb.st_ino == dst_sb.st_ino && src_sb.st_dev == dst_sb.st_dev)
+	  /* The destination file exists already.  */
+
+	  same = (src_sb.st_ino == dst_sb.st_ino
+		  && src_sb.st_dev == dst_sb.st_dev);
+
+	  /* If we're preserving symlinks (--no-dereference) and the
+	     destination file is a symlink, use stat (not xstat) to
+	     see if it points back to the source.  */
+	  if (!same && !x->dereference && S_ISLNK (dst_sb.st_mode))
+	    {
+	      struct stat dst2_sb;
+	      if (stat (dst_path, &dst2_sb) == 0
+		  && (src_sb.st_ino == dst2_sb.st_ino &&
+		      src_sb.st_dev == dst2_sb.st_dev))
+		same = 1;
+	    }
+
+	  if (same)
 	    {
 	      if (x->hard_link)
 		return 0;
@@ -693,19 +648,19 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	{
 	  /* Preserve the owner and group of the just-`copied'
 	     symbolic link, if possible.  */
-#ifdef HAVE_LCHOWN
+# ifdef HAVE_LCHOWN
 	  if (DO_CHOWN (lchown, dst_path, src_sb.st_uid, src_sb.st_gid))
 	    {
-	      error (0, errno, "%s", dst_path);
+	      error (0, errno, _("preserving ownership for %s"), dst_path);
 	      goto un_backup;
 	    }
-#else
-# ifdef ROOT_CHOWN_AFFECTS_SYMLINKS
+# else
+#  ifdef ROOT_CHOWN_AFFECTS_SYMLINKS
 	  if (x->myeuid == 0)
 	    {
 	      if (DO_CHOWN (chown, dst_path, src_sb.st_uid, src_sb.st_gid))
 		{
-		  error (0, errno, "%s", dst_path);
+		  error (0, errno, _("preserving ownership for %s"), dst_path);
 		  goto un_backup;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -714,13 +669,13 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 	      /* FIXME: maybe give a diagnostic: you must be root
 		 to preserve ownership and group of symlinks.  */
 	    }
-# else
+#  else
 	  /* Can't preserve ownership of symlinks.
 	     FIXME: maybe give a warning or even error for symlinks
 	     in directories with the sticky bit set -- there, not
 	     preserving owner/group is a potential security problem.  */
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 	}
 
       return 0;
@@ -745,13 +700,13 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 
       if (utime (dst_path, &utb))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "%s", dst_path);
+	  error (0, errno, _("preserving times for %s"), dst_path);
 	  return 1;
 	}
 
       if (DO_CHOWN (chown, dst_path, src_sb.st_uid, src_sb.st_gid))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "%s", dst_path);
+	  error (0, errno, _("preserving ownership for %s"), dst_path);
 	  return 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -761,7 +716,7 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
     {
       if (chmod (dst_path, src_mode & x->umask_kill))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "%s", dst_path);
+	  error (0, errno, _("preserving permissions for %s"), dst_path);
 	  return 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -770,7 +725,7 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
       /* Reset the temporarily changed mode.  */
       if (chmod (dst_path, dst_sb.st_mode))
 	{
-	  error (0, errno, "%s", dst_path);
+	  error (0, errno, _("restoring permissions of %s"), dst_path);
 	  return 1;
 	}
     }
@@ -786,18 +741,31 @@ un_backup:
   return 1;
 }
 
+static int
+valid_options (const struct cp_options *co)
+{
+  assert (co != NULL);
+
+  /* FIXME: make sure xstat and dereference are consistent.  */
+  assert (co->xstat);
+
+  assert (co->sparse_mode != SPARSE_UNUSED);
+  return 1;
+}
+
 /* Copy the file SRC_PATH to the file DST_PATH.  The files may be of
-   any type.  NONEXISTENT_DST should be nonzero if the file DST_PATH is
-   not to exist (e.g., because its parent directory was just created);
-   NONEXISTENT_DST should be zero if DST_PATH might already exist.
-   DEVICE is the device number of the parent directory, or 0 if the
-   parent of this file is not known.  ANCESTORS points to a linked, null
-   terminated list of devices and inodes of parent directories of SRC_PATH.
+   any type.  NONEXISTENT_DST should be nonzero if the file DST_PATH
+   is known not to exist (e.g., because its parent directory was just
+   created);  NONEXISTENT_DST should be zero if DST_PATH might already
+   exist.  DEVICE is the device number of the parent directory of
+   DST_PATH, or 0 if the parent of this file is not known.
+   OPTIONS is ... FIXME-describe
    Return 0 if successful, 1 if an error occurs. */
 
 int
-copy (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path, int nonexistent_dst,
-      const struct flag *x)
+copy (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
+      int nonexistent_dst, const struct cp_options *options)
 {
-  copy_internal (src_path, dst_path, ... , x);
+  assert (valid_options (options));
+  return copy_internal (src_path, dst_path, nonexistent_dst, 0, NULL, options);
 }